The original of this mirror site is
HERE. My
Blogroll; Archives
here or
here; My
Home Page. Email me (John Ray)
here.
NOTE: The short comments that I have in the side column of the primary
site for this blog are now given at the foot of this site.
****************************************************************************************
30 September, 2016
A biased and misinformed "moderator"
Debate moderator Lester Holt’s claim that the New York Police
Department’s “stop and frisk” practice was declared unconstitutional
because it was racist, an assertion seconded by Hillary Clinton, was
more evidence that Holt was heavily biased toward Clinton. The actual
facts surrounding the case against “stop and frisk” are these: In the
1968 Terry v. Ohio case, an 8-1 Supreme Court ruling upheld as
constitutional law enforcement’s practice of stopping and frisking
individuals who they deemed reasonably suspicious. This law has never
been overturned and is practiced by police departments across the
country to this today.
Holt’s reference to it being declared unconstitutional is based upon a
ruling by federal Judge Shira Scheindlin, who ruled in 2013 that the
NYPD’s application of the law was racially biased and therefore
unconstitutional. Judge Scheindlin was later removed from the case under
allegations of her own bias against police — just as Donald Trump
correctly noted Monday night. It has been argued that Scheindlin’s
ruling would have been overturned based on the circumstances surrounding
the case, had then-newly elected mayor Bill de Blasio chosen to pursue
it. The judge’s ruling was not concerned with the constitutionality of
“stop and frisk” in general, but the specific manner in which it was
applied in New York City. Holt completely misrepresented the case in
order to challenge Trump’s statements on law and order. Clearly, Trump
was correct and Holt was wrong.
The nuances of political gamesmanship are something the Leftmedia has
become very adept at applying. It’s always a good practice to apply a
healthy level of skepticism to any political claim, especially if the
claims are made by the mainstream media.
SOURCE
*****************************
Narrative-Building Has Become a Political Obsession
Jonah Goldberg
The most exhausting thing about our politics these days — other than the
never-ending presidential election itself — is the obsession with
“shaping the narrative.” By that I mean the effort to connect the dots
between a selective number of facts and statistics to support one
storyline about the state of the union.
Narrative-building is essential for almost every complicated argument
because it’s the only way to get our pattern-seeking brains to discount
contradictory facts and data. Trial lawyers understand this implicitly.
Get the jury to buy the story, and they’ll do the heavy lifting of
arranging the facts in just the right way.
President Obama understands this too. Just consider the way he talks
about terrorism — often reassuring Americans that they’re more likely to
die in a bathtub accident than in a terror attack.
And he’s right. On the other hand, bathtubs aren’t trying to get nuclear
weapons. Nor are bathtubs destabilizing the Middle East (often killing
massive numbers of non-Americans) or otherwise plotting to conquer the
world.
Obama’s goal is obvious. He wants the story of terrorism to lose its
potency and recede from our politics. Secretary of State John Kerry
recently suggested as much when he said, “Perhaps the media would do us
all a service if they didn’t cover [terrorism] quite as much. People
wouldn’t know what’s going on.”
This mindset helps explain the now-familiar pattern whereby the Obama
administration responds to a terror attack by slow-walking
acknowledgement of reality. First there is the reluctance to call it
terrorism, then the reluctance to call it Islamic terrorism, and finally
the reluctance to admit that it was plotted or inspired in any way by
the Islamic State or al-Qaida. Lone wolves are the new fallback, because
they are self-radicalized and hence not part of some larger challenge —
or story.
One problem with this effort to so aggressively edit the terrorism
narrative in real time is that it sows skepticism about the truthfulness
of our political leaders.
Another is that it inadvertently fuels a story that the Obama
administration, like the Bush administration before it, rightly wants to
downplay: that Islam itself is the problem. If all of these “homegrown”
“lone wolves” are “self-radicalizing” — without aid or assistance from
foreign powers — you can see why some people might conclude that Islam
itself is the source of extremism.
Republicans are hardly immune to the temptation to drive a storyline
ahead of the facts. Donald Trump says our country is a “divided crime
scene” and that African-American “communities are absolutely in the
worst shape that they’ve ever been in before. Ever. Ever. Ever.”
This storyline, never mind this paragraph, desperately needs an editor.
But so does the tale of an “epidemic” of police “hunting” unarmed black men — in the words of some activists.
There’s no disputing that the unwarranted use of deadly force by police
is a legitimate concern. But the narrative — increasingly pushed by
Hillary Clinton in an effort to rev up African-American voters — that it
is open season on black men not only does a disservice to the police,
it also makes it harder to put the problem in perspective.
What might perspective entail? It happens to be true that young black
men are more likely to die in domestic accidents than at the hands of
the police. Of course, if a politician said that, liberals would attack
him or her for minimizing the issue — just like conservatives attack
Obama for his bathtub comments.
The anger wouldn’t be over the veracity of the claim, but the attempt to dilute the narrative.
I’m not naive. Crafting stories to serve political purposes is as old as
politics itself. But the problem seems to be getting worse.
Perhaps it’s because our country is so polarized and our media
environment so balkanized and instantaneous. Politicians and journalists
alike feel compelled to make facts serve some larger tale in every
utterance.
The reality is that life is complicated and every well-crafted narrative leaves out important facts.
SOURCE
******************************
Clinton Promises Malaise in the Name of 'Fairness'
A look at Hillary's plan for taxes and the economy
Hillary Clinton used a fair portion of her awful debate appearance
Monday to sell America on her economic vision. Though she framed taxes
as the typical leftist issue of “fairness,” whether or not she openly
admitted she is going to raise taxes on the middle class, her plans for
this country’s fiscal future mean dark days for everyone.
It’s not as if we’re in a robust economy right now. The Census Bureau
would have us believe that we’re in good shape. After all, median
household income rose 5.2% in 2015, the first jump since 2007, and the
biggest since 1968. That should be good news, but it’s really just
manufactured good news.
The Census Bureau changed its reporting methods to measure income, the
result being that reported income actually appears more than actual
income. And in time for election season, too. What a coincidence. This
explains the supposedly mysterious question as to why Americans are
making more money but don’t feel like they are getting ahead. Answer:
they are not making more money.
This gimmick, along with the economic fantasies being spun by Barack
Obama to shore up his legacy and put Clinton in the White House, have
the electorate confused. That’s just how the Left wants it.
That is also why Monday night’s debate moderator Lester Holt was able to
get away with his opening statement: “There are two economic realities
in America today. There’s been a record six straight years of job
growth, and new census numbers show incomes have increased at a record
rate after years of stagnation. However, income inequality remains
significant, and nearly half of Americans are living paycheck to
paycheck.”
The very premise was part White House press release, part Bernie Sanders stump speech.
Clinton also trotted out the usual lie that George W. Bush’s tax cuts
“for the wealthy” caused the recession. That’s baloney. First of all,
Bush’s tax cuts were for everyone, not just the wealthy. Second, and
more important, it was Hillary’s husband who set the stage for the
financial crisis with his home lending policies.
As for Clinton’s tax plan, there should be no confusion about its true
nature. She spoke wistfully Monday night about the great 1990s when
“Bill” was president. And there were some good economic years during
that period. The trouble is she isn’t going to come remotely close to
achieving those budget surpluses and strong business and investment
sector with the policies she wants to implement or expand.
On the contrary, Clinton doesn’t even consider capping the growth of
federal budget deficits, and calls for $1.8 trillion in new taxes to
fund new projects. She isn’t looking to rein in the size of the
government as Republican policies of 1990s did. She wants to push the
federal government into more areas of our daily lives while refusing
entitlement reform and spending cuts, and our reward will be to pay
through the nose for it.
Hillary is nothing if not thorough in her tax plan. No one will be
spared. Sure, the $350 billion income tax hike and the $275 business tax
hike are meant to target the top earners, as is a $400 billion
“fairness” tax, which is about as arbitrary a tax as one might conceive.
Clinton calls to raise the capital gains tax (which millions of middle
class Americans pay), taxes on stock trading, and implement an “exit
tax” on income earned overseas. And she wants a 65% death tax for the
largest estates, with jacked up rates for estates that fall into lower
income categories. This would crush small businesses that even she
admitted Monday create most of the jobs in America.
The problem with all these taxes is that they will stifle growth. Donald
Trump spoke frequently Monday night about how American business is in
apocalyptic shape. Clinton just shook her head and smiled. But that’s
all she could do. She’s never worked in the private sector, so she
cannot truly relate to what a majority of American taxpayers are
experiencing. After all, she just funnels her income into the Clinton
Foundation.
It makes perfect sense that Clinton is the Democrat nominee for
president. She is the poster child for statist, centralized policies in
which every citizen really works to fund the government so that it can
become larger and more intrusive. And her central message Monday was
that the government under her direction will spend your money better
than you will. She says her tax policies will help our economy. What she
really wants to do is continue the transformation of America that Obama
started.
SOURCE
***********************
Lessons From Norway's Refugee Policy
With much of western Europe mired in a mostly self-inflicted migration
crisis due to their liberal open-door policies, one country stands out
for its decidedly non-politically correct policies on immigration. In
2015 Norway adopted an immigration policy it termed “strict but fair.”
Since Norway is not a member of the European Union, it was not obligated
to accept any refugees, however it elected to accept 8,000 migrants,
but on its own conditions. Norway’s primary concern was to prevent
uncontrolled migration. Similar to Donald Trump’s reasoning in his call
to limit immigration, Norway’s government understood that its first
obligation was to Norwegians, as any immigrants that were to be accepted
would need to be carefully vetted along clear guidelines that would
both prevent economic strain and preserve distinct Norwegian cultural
and character.
Sweden, the country to the immediate east of Norway, took a much more
liberal open-door approach, welcoming in well over 280,000 migrants
since 2013. Sweden’s radical policy has proved to be untenable and
increasingly unpopular with Swedes, which has given popular rise to the
Sweden Democrats, a controversial immigration-restrictionist party that
more than doubled its presence in the nation’s 2014 election, becoming
the country’s third largest party. As public dissatisfaction continued
to grow and the cost for migrant services swelled to 7% of the 2016
budget, the Swedish government finally enacted laws to impose border
controls. With the lack of immigrant vetting and assimilation, the
social impact upon Sweden is yet to be fully realized.
Norway’s Norwegian-first policy in regards to immigration is the fairest
both to its own citizens, but also to those refugees who are genuinely
seeking refuge and help assimilating into a new and better life.
SOURCE
***************************
For more blog postings from me, see
TONGUE-TIED,
EDUCATION WATCH INTERNATIONAL,
GREENIE WATCH,
POLITICAL CORRECTNESS WATCH,
AUSTRALIAN POLITICS, and
Paralipomena (Occasionally updated), a
Coral reef compendium and
an IQ compendium. (Both updated as news items come in).
GUN WATCH is now mainly put together by Dean Weingarten. I also put up occasional updates on my
Personal blog and each day I gather together my most substantial current writings on
A WESTERN HEART.
Email me
here (Hotmail address). My Home Pages are
here (Academic) or
here (Pictorial) or
here (Personal)
***************************
29 September, 2016
US election debate: a draw with the edge to everyman Trump
The account below is from a conservative Australian journalist. I thought an outside view might be more balanced
It was a tale of two debates. And for each candidate, it was both the best and worst of debates.
For the first half-hour, Donald Trump wiped the floor with Hillary
Clinton. It looked as though the New York property mogul would win not
only the debate but the presidency itself there in Hofstra, New York, in
one debate.
He spoke in the powerful, plain language of everyman.
Clinton began with characteristic politician waffle about building the right kind of economy.
Trump’s appeal was visceral and direct: “We have to stop our jobs being stolen from us and our companies leaving us.”
There is, of course, a lie at the heart of Trump’s appeal. Free trade
has been good for the American economy. A dynamic economy destroys old
jobs and creates new ones all the time. In so far as old jobs have been
lost, this is much more because of technological change than trade.
Nonetheless, Trump’s message on trade is powerful and straightforward:
America is being taken for a chump. In a very bad sign for Australia,
Trump demonised the Trans-Pacific Partnership deal and witheringly and
accurately accused Clinton of flip-flopping on the issue.
Trump truthfully said Clinton had described the TPP as “the gold
standard of trade agreements”, a remark she made, as it happens, on a
visit to Australia when she was secretary of state.
Clinton dishonestly claimed she never said the TPP was “the gold
standard” but merely hoped it would be. “I was against it when it was
finally presented,” was her lame response.
Trump promised to cut taxes to stimulate investment, growth and jobs.
Clinton promised to raise taxes on the rich and on corporations, because
her priority was to produce a “fair economy”.
She will raise the minimum wage, provide paid parental leave and ensure
women get equal pay to men. Trump promised to cut regulation. Polls show
that US voters think Trump is better on the economy than Clinton.
As usual, there was something outrageous, with him accusing the Federal
Reserve of acting politically in keeping interest rates low. This too
echoes a concern of older Americans trying to live off the interest on
their savings.
This whole section of the debate was won decisively by Trump.
But then, in a debate judo move of great artistry and astonishing
effectiveness, Clinton turned the whole debate around. Though her brand
is stolid, wooden reliability and stoic attachment to uttering the
right cliche of the right zeitgeist, she began to provoke Trump with
personal attacks. She certainly had a lot of material to work with and
Trump allowed himself to be provoked.
First, she tackled him on the birther controversy, the insane argument
Trump made for years that Barack Obama was not born in the US and
therefore shouldn’t be president. Only in the past two weeks has Trump
accepted Obama was born in the US.
Trump had no answer to this except to say Clinton’s campaign in 2008
began the birther controversy, a ditzy claim of no possible use to
Trump. But he went on and on about the alleged friends of Clinton who
had spread the birther myth and ended up accusing Clinton of having been
too mean to Obama. Of all the things he might attack Clinton for, being
mean to Obama was surely the most irrelevant and ridiculous.
Then Clinton accused him of having something to hide by not releasing
his tax returns. For a moment, it looked like Trump might pivot back to
the attack when he said: “I’ll release my tax returns if she’ll release
the 33,000 emails”, which Clinton mysteriously deleted from the private
server she wrongly used as secretary of state.
The email scandal is a huge vulnerability for Clinton. But Trump forgot
all his attack lines and got bogged down in a ridiculous defence of his
own company’s practices and his own tax behaviour.
The same pattern repeated itself later when Clinton, with ample
justification, accused Trump of a history of insulting, demeaning sexist
behaviour and remarks.
Trump showed an uncharacteristic flat footedness. He couldn’t pivot to
the attack but got caught up in a ludicrous defence of an argument he
had with Z grade entertainer Rosie O’Donnell.
These were Trump’s weakest moments, and there were plenty of them.
In what was a pretty weird debate, there was not much real policy
substance. The most reassuring remark for Australia came from Clinton,
who said: “We have mutual defence treaties and we will honour them.”
Trump dialled back his criticism of US allies. He wants to support them
all, but the US spends an enormous amount of money defending allies and
they must contribute more, or maybe they will have to defend
themselves. Though he has often expressed this crudely, the idea allies
are free riding on the US is undeniable. But this election won’t be won
and lost on foreign policy, where Clinton has a strong lead.
Overall, I scored the debate about a draw, though CNN polls had voters
saying Clinton had won. But I still think a draw is the right call, and
it probably favours the challenger.
Trump did nothing to rule himself out of the presidency and he had no
trouble on policy questions. Unexpectedly, it was the personal that
tripped him up.
The underlying structure of the contest remains unchanged. Trump is the
outsider promising change. Clinton is the ultimate insider, the
registered adult offering a responsible alternative to Trump.
Beyond that, she lacks a narrative or any compelling rationale for her
candidacy. Being the registered adult and safe alternative to Trump
didn’t work for any of the heavyweight Republicans who ran against him
in the primaries. Whether it is enough for Clinton is the $64 million
question not at all resolved by this gruesomely compelling debate.
SOURCE
*****************************
A Hard Rain Is Going to Fall
V.D. Hanson
This summer, President Obama was often golfing. Hillary Clinton and
Donald Trump were promising to let the world be. The end of summer
seemed sleepy, the world relatively calm.
The summer of 1914 in Europe also seemed quiet. But on July 28, Archduke
Franz Ferdinand of Austria was assassinated in Sarajevo by Gavrilo
Princip with help from his accomplices, fellow Serbian separatists. That
isolated act sparked World War I.
In the summer of 1939, most observers thought Adolf Hitler was finally
through with his serial bullying. Appeasement supposedly had satiated
his once enormous territorial appetites. But on Sept. 1, Nazi Germany
unexpectedly invaded Poland and touched off World War II, which consumed
some 60 million lives.
Wars often seem to come out of nowhere, as unlikely events ignite long-simmering disputes into global conflagrations.
The instigators often are weaker attackers who foolishly assume that
more powerful nations wish peace at any cost, and so will not react to
opportunistic aggression.
Unfortunately, our late-summer calm of 2016 has masked a lot of
festering tensions that are now coming to a head — largely due to
disengagement by a supposedly tired United States.
In contrast, war, unlike individual states, does not sleep.
Russia has been massing troops on its border with Ukraine. Russian
President Vladimir Putin apparently believes that Europe is in utter
disarray and assumes that President Obama remains most interested in
apologizing to foreigners for the past evils of the United States. Putin
is wagering that no tired Western power could or would stop his
reabsorption of Ukraine — or the Baltic states next. Who in hip
Amsterdam cares what happens to faraway Kiev?
Iran swapped American hostages for cash. An Iranian missile narrowly
missed a U.S. aircraft carrier not long ago. Iranians hijacked an
American boat and buzzed our warships in the Persian Gulf. There are
frequent promises from Tehran to destroy either Israel, America or both.
So much for the peace dividend of the “Iran deal.”
North Korea is more than just delusional. Recent nuclear tests and
missile launches toward Japan suggest that North Korean strongman Kim
Jong-un actually believes that he could win a war — and thereby gain
even larger concessions from the West and from his Asian neighbors.
Radical Islamists likewise seem emboldened to try more attacks on the
premise that Western nations will hardly respond with overwhelming
power. The past weekend brought pipe bombings in Manhattan and New
Jersey as well as a mass stabbing in a Minnesota mall — and American
frustration.
Europe and the United States have been bewildered by huge numbers of
largely young male migrants from the war-torn Middle East. Political
correctness has paralyzed Western leaders from even articulating the
threat, much less replying to it.
Instead, the American government appears more concerned with shutting
down the detention center at Guantanamo Bay, ensuring that no
administration official utters the words “Islamic terror,” and issuing
warnings to Americans not to lash out due to their supposedly innate
prejudices.
Aggressors are also encouraged by vast cutbacks in the U.S. defense
budget. The lame-duck Obama presidency, lead-from-behind policies and a
culturally and racially divided America reflect voter weariness with
overseas commitments.
It would be a mistake to assume that war is impossible because it
logically benefits no one, or is outdated in our sophisticated 21st
century, or would be insane in a world of nuclear weapons.
Human nature is unchanging and remains irrational. Evil is eternal.
Unfortunately, appeasement is often seen by thugs not as magnanimity to
be reciprocated but as timidity to be exploited.
Someone soon will have to tell the North Koreans that a stable world
order cannot endure its frequent missile launches and nuclear
detonations.
Someone could remind Putin that the former Soviet republics have a right to self-determination.
Someone might inform the Chinese that no one can plop down artificial
islands and military bases to control commercial sea lanes.
Someone might make it clear to radical Islamic terrorists that there is a
limit to Western patience with their chronic bombing, murdering and
destruction.
The problem is that there is no other “someone” (especially not the
United Nations or the European Union) with the requisite power and
authority except the United States. But for a long time America has done
more than its fair share of international policing — and its people are
tired of costly dragon-slaying abroad.
The result is that at this late date, the tough medicine of restoring
long-term deterrence is as almost as dangerous as the disease of
continual short-term appeasement.
Obama apparently assumes he can leave office as a peacemaker before his
appeased chickens come home to roost in violent fashion. He has assured
us that the world has never been calmer and quieter.
Others said the same thing in the last calm summer weeks of 1914 and 1939.
War clouds are gathering. A hard rain is soon going to fall.
SOURCE
***************************
For more blog postings from me, see
TONGUE-TIED,
EDUCATION WATCH INTERNATIONAL,
GREENIE WATCH,
POLITICAL CORRECTNESS WATCH,
AUSTRALIAN POLITICS, and
Paralipomena (Occasionally updated), a
Coral reef compendium and
an IQ compendium. (Both updated as news items come in).
GUN WATCH is now mainly put together by Dean Weingarten. I also put up occasional updates on my
Personal blog and each day I gather together my most substantial current writings on
A WESTERN HEART.
Email me
here (Hotmail address). My Home Pages are
here (Academic) or
here (Pictorial) or
here (Personal)
***************************
28 September, 2016
Hillary insults white people
American whites have been kicked in the teeth so often by the Left
that there has been little reaction to this so far. Hillary
thinks she can persuade white people not to be racist, thus assuming
that they are. She is blaming a shooting of a black man by a
panicky female cop (who happens to be white. Black cops also shoot
and kill troublesome black men) on white people generally. It's
an extraordinary generalization of exactly the sort that the Left are
always warning us against. For instance, no matter what individual
Muslims do, you can't say anything about Muslims generally. She is an
utter racist. Race, race, race. That's all the Left talk about.
It's the Left who are the ultimate racists
On Tuesday's episode of "The Steve Harvey Morning Show," Democratic presidential candidate Hillary Clinton stated:
"This horrible shooting again. How many times do we have to see this in
our country?...And maybe I can, by speaking directly to white people,
say, ‘Look, this is not who we are’…We have got to do everything
possible to improve policing, to go right at implicit bias"
She was referring to the police shooting of Terence Crutcher in Tulsa,
Ok.—a recent killing of a black man by the hands of police that has
caused widespread outrage.
Clinton, who recently criticized Donald Trump for jumping to conclusions
regarding the NYC bombing, saying, “I think it’s also wiser to wait
until you have information before making conclusions, because we are
just in the beginning stages of trying to determine what happened,”
seems to have chosen a different method when discussing the possibility
of police officers making fatal mistakes.
This is not the first time Clinton has deemed white people responsible
for the deaths of black men by police. In an interview with CNN back in
July, Clinton discussed the Dallas shooting of five police officers
saying, “I’m going to be talking to white people, we’re the ones who
have to start listening to the legitimate cries coming from our
African-American fellow citizens.”
At the 107th NAACP convention this year, she stated, “We white Americans
need to do a better job of listening when African-Americans talk about
the seen and unseen barriers you face every day. We need to recognize
our privilege and practice humility, rather than assume our experiences
are everyone’s experiences.”
SOURCE
*****************************
Media decide that Trump is a racist
At least eight times Monday on CNN, various anchors and correspondents
made the claim that Donald Trump called for racial profiling. The
problem is, he didn’t. Starting at the 4:00 hour all the way through
early Tuesday morning, CNN journalists added the term “racial” to
Trump’s comments on profiling to combat terrorism, even devoting entire
segments to discussing his statement he never actually said.
This isn’t the first time CNN has selectively subtracted or added to
what someone said in their reports in order to skew their stories.
Starting on The Lead with Jake Tapper, correspondent Sara Murray stated
Trump made an “apparent suggestion” for racial profiling on Fox and
Friends Monday morning.
MURRAY: But offering few specifics, beyond his apparent suggestion that the U.S. should begin racial profiling.
But here’s what he actually said:
TRUMP: Our police are amazing, our local police, they know who a lot of
these people are. They're afraid to do anything about it because they
don't want to be accused of profiling. But Israel has done an
unbelievable job. And they will profile. They profile. They see somebody
that's suspicious, they will profile. They see somebody that's
suspicious, they will profile and they will take that person in. They
will check out. Do we have a choice? Look what's going on. Do we really
have a choice?
Again on The Situation Room, anchor Wolf Blitzer made the same assumption:
BLITZER: Donald Trump this morning said police are simply afraid to go
after people in cases like this because they're afraid of being accused
of racial profiling. Is that a serious concern among law enforcement?
In a report, Sara Murray also repeated that Trump “suggested” racial profiling:
MURRAY: The G.O.P. nominee suggesting that the U.S. should instate, racial profiling.
Even after Trump came on Fox News’ The O’Reilly Factor to repeat a
similar statement on profiling, again without using the word “racial,”
CNN continued to hammer home their message. Erin Burnett Outfront was
the worst example on CNN, where the host devoted nearly the whole hour
to discussing Trump’s “racial profiling” comments that he never actually
said.
Burnett began the show by stating twice, “Donald Trump defending a call
for racial profiling” with a chyron that read, “Trump Says ‘Racial
Profiling’ Will Stop Terror.”
Burnett then brought on two guests to discuss Trump’s comments, prefacing several questions with the loaded expression.
SOURCE
*********************************
A Distant gleam of freedom
MARTIN HUTCHINSON
Donald Trump’s tax plan, revealed at the Economic Club of New York on
September 15, does not add up, as most Presidential candidates’ tax
plans don’t. Still, it did contain one provision that is fiscally
insignificant but economically enormous: by capping all tax deductions
at $100,000 for single filers, $200,000 for married couples, without
exceptions, it went a long way to eliminate the charitable tax deduction
scam. Removing that, and thereby shrinking the nonprofit sector, would
be a gigantic blow for economic freedom second only to abolishing the
Fed.
By capping tax deductions, even at such a high level, Trump has taken an
ax to the most egregious feature of the U.S. tax system, by which
billionaires often pay less tax than their secretaries. Warren Buffett
has whined about this anomaly, with the implication that the solution is
the left’s favorite panacea of higher tax rates. Of course, that would
merely allow the lobbyists to insert yet more loopholes into the U.S.
tax system, increasing the power of politicians to allocate resources
and removing the U.S, economy even further from anything resembling a
free market.
There are three major tax allowances that would be capped by Trump’s
proposal. Of these, the home mortgage interest deduction is least
affected, because of today’s ultra-low mortgage interest rates. $100,000
in mortgage interest would only be incurred on a $3 million mortgage,
at today’s interest rate of 3.3%. Of course, there are people with
mortgages larger than this, though the limitation of home mortgage
interest to the first house makes their number relatively small. Mostly,
the cap would affect mortgages in ultra-high cost areas such as
Manhattan, San Francisco and Silicon Valley, perhaps knocking the top
off the excessively bubbly real estate markets in those areas.
Trump’s cap on tax allowances would also affect the state and local tax
deduction. Here an individual with an income of a bare $1 million living
in Westchester County, who would not be in the top New York state tax
bracket, would run up $100,000 in tax deductions from state tax of about
$68,000 plus about $32,000 in local real estate taxes on his $1.2
million home. The limit thus catches a much broader swathe of the upper
middle class, especially those in high-tax states like New York, New
Jersey or California.
However, the tax deduction most seriously affected by Trump’s cap on
allowances would be that for charitable donations. This is the favorite
tax-avoidance strategy of the super-rich; by giving vast sums of money
to charities, whether genuine or phony like the Clinton Foundation, they
end up paying minuscule amounts of tax. Indeed, as the Congressional
Budget Office showed in 2013, by far the greatest beneficiaries of the
charitable tax deduction are the top 1%, who benefit by about 1.4% of
their income, compared to a 0.7% of income benefit to even the next
richest group, between the top and the fifth percentile of the income
distribution. Capping this tax deduction would remove the largest
current loophole from the current U.S. tax system.
Trump’s proposal would cap the sum of the deductions at $200,000 for a
married couple; it would therefore severely limit the tax deductibility
of charitable donations for wealthy people who had already used up much
of their allowance in mortgage and state/local income tax deductions.
As we are beginning to see from accounts of the Clinton Foundation,
tax-deductible gifts to “charity” may be used to generate benefits
elsewhere, often much larger than the gift itself. This is clearly a
scam of the first order; not only is the Federal budget being deprived
of much-needed revenue, but costs are often also imposed on government
through favors to the charitable donor.
Even when “charities” are not abusive political slush funds like the
Clinton Foundation, the charitable tax deduction is highly damaging. For
one thing; it redistributes from the poor to the rich. When a hedge
fund executive deducts $1,000 for the cost of a charity dinner to boost
his tawdry social life and make new contacts, there is $396 less at the
federal and maybe $80 at the state level that is no longer available for
necessary programs, at least some of which benefit the worse off. Given
the expenses, legitimate and illegitimate, incurred by charities, even
if their activities benefit the poor, the inefficiency of the charitable
tax deduction may well be net damaging to the interests of the poor and
especially to the working poor.
However, in reality most charitable giving does not benefit the poor.
There have been few studies of this important question, but one by
Indiana University in 2005 suggested that only 31% of charitable
donations go to the poor, with 69% going to the non-poor. Religion,
elite colleges and the arts are especial non-poor beneficiaries.
Combine these two figures together, and you have a remarkable result. On
average, of a $1,000 charitable donation by a taxpayer in the top
bracket, $476 is returned to him in deductions from his taxes, $690 goes
to the non-poor and only $310 goes to the poor. In other words,
charitable giving is on balance reducing the funds available for the
poor, by $166 per $1,000 in this example. This is a truly disgraceful
result, and illustrates the iniquity of the charitable tax deduction,
even without considering the charities that are outright scams.
The charitable deduction costs the Federal budget directly about $60
billion per annum, a figure that is almost certainly an underestimate,
because as in the case of the Harvard endowment, money given to charity
is often invested in tax-free funds that earn returns that also escape
the tax net. A more complete figure can be calculated from The NonProfit
Times estimate that the tax-exempt sector “contributed” $887 billion to
the U.S. economy in 2012, 5.4% of Gross Domestic Product. That is all
money allocated by the murky though processes of charities, and thus not
available for the truly productive private sector; in itself it
represents a major drain on the U.S. economy and the current anemic
productivity growth therein.
Tax that $887 billion at an average rate of 40%, including income taxes,
sales taxes and excise duties, and you will generate over $350 billion
per annum to the fiscal balance, more than half even the current swollen
budget deficit. And, as I said, the economy will be more productive,
the poor will be better off, and the Clintons will be deprived of their
principal source of funding. A win all round, it appears to me.
If Trump is elected, state and local governments of high-tax badly run
states like New York, New Jersey and California will raise all kinds of
hell to get themselves exempted from his deductions cap, because forcing
rich residents to pay the full costs of the states’ fiscal profligacy
would drive the last of their long-suffering residents to more civilized
locations. There will also be attempts by the realtors’ lobby to remove
the cap altogether or exempt home mortgage interest, although in this
case only a modest percentage of their income comes from residences with
such huge mortgages, so the squawking will be muted.
However, the lobbying from the states and the realtors will be as
nothing compared to the massive and revolting PR campaign that will be
waged by the charity lobby. Pictures of starving and diseased children
will be all over the airwaves. K Street will see new records of
activity, as Washington’s swollen armies of lobbyists swing into action,
with the charities calling in past favors, so the farm lobbyists, the
Pentagon lobbyists, Hollywood’s copyright lobbyists and Silicon Valley’s
patent lobbyists lend their efforts to block Trump’s proposed
legislation, or at least exempt charities from it. Money will pour into
the coffers of every Congressman prepared to sell his soul for just one
more betrayal of the people who elected him. The battle will long and
vicious, and with allies like the feeble Speaker Paul Ryan and the
Republican Congressional corruptocrats it is most unlikely that Trump
will win.
But the battle is worth fighting. Of all possible tax reforms to revive
the U.S. economy and return prosperity to the American people, that to
de-fund the charitable Leviathan, divert its resources to more
productive uses and make the rich pay their fair share of taxes is the
most important.
SOURCE
***************************
Voter Fraud Far From ‘Myth,’ Panel Asserts
The Obama administration opposes states verifying citizenship status of
registered voters. Inquiries into voter fraud are typically met with
derision from both government and the media—and in at least one instance
with prosecution. Prosecutors don’t prioritize voter fraud, while
convictions only garner light sentences.
These are among the voter fraud problems facing the United States,
experts noted this week, even as prominent voices on the left say such
fraud is a myth.
The left’s opposition to voter integrity laws or even inquiry can be simply explained, Judicial Watch President Tom Fitton said.
“Why on earth would you not want to make sure that only citizens are
registered and voting?” Fitton, author of “Clean House: Exposing Our
Government’s Secrets and Lies,” said at a forum at The Heritage
Foundation Tuesday. “That to me shows that the Obama administration and
the left generally, which is behind this, wants to be able to steal
elections if necessary. To me, that’s a crisis.”
“The percentages of non-citizens in the United States are approaching
nearly 15 percent now,” said Fitton, president of Judicial Watch. “So
it’s a numbers game. A certain number of those citizens — a certain
number of those residents, both legally were present and illegally
present, are going to register to vote.”
A 2014 study by Old Dominion University found that 6.4 percent of all
noncitizens voted in the 2008 election and 2.2 percent voted in the 2010
midterm elections. The study concludes this likely put Minnesota Sen.
Al Franken, a Democrat, over the top in the race in his 312-vote
statewide victory over Republican Norm Coleman in 2008.
“The left generally, which is behind this, wants to be able to steal elections if necessary,” says @TomFitton.
In the past, opponents have argued that ID requirements hurt minority
participation. Meanwhile, studies have found minority voting has
increased after voter ID was implemented.
“If you think your vote is going to be stolen, especially in urban areas
where you have political machines controlling the voting process or the
perception that they control the voting process, you may not bother to
vote,” Fitton said. “But, if you think your vote will be counted, of
course you’re going to be more likely to turn out.”
Some recent cases cited by the panelists demonstrate the reality of voter fraud.
In August, in St. Louis, a court ordered a do-over in a Democratic
primary for a Missouri state legislative seats after finding absentee
voter fraud.
Last year in Bridgeport, Connecticut, a state legislator was convicted of voter fraud and given a suspended sentence.
Still, some commentators contend there is no voter fraud problem in the
United States. For example, this week a New York Times editorial called
voter fraud a “myth” and “fake”:
As study after study has shown, there is virtually no voter fraud
anywhere in the country. The most comprehensive investigation to date
found that out of one billion votes cast in all American elections
between 2000 and 2014, there were 31 possible cases of impersonation
fraud. Other violations—like absentee ballot fraud, multiple voting and
registration fraud—are also exceedingly rare. So why do so many people
continue to believe this falsehood?
Credit for this mass deception goes to Republican lawmakers, who have
for years pushed a fake story about voter fraud, and thus the necessity
of voter ID laws, in an effort to reduce voting among specific groups of
Democratic-leaning voters.
However, it was in New York City where the city’s Department of
Investigation (DOI) determined the city’s Board of Elections (BOE) was
doing a poor job of preventing ineligible voters from voting. During the
2013 mayor’s race, 63 city investigators went to polling places
impersonating someone who was either dead, moved outside the city, or
was in jail. Of those, 61 were cleared to vote. The department’s report
stated:
The 60 investigators, among other investigative activities, conducted
quality assurance surveys of voters at poll sites throughout the five
boroughs, logging complaints from 596 of 1,438 voters relating to
subjects such as ballot readability, poll workers, and poll site
locations. DOI’s operations also revealed that there are names of
ineligible voters (e.g. felons and people no longer City residents), and
deceased voters, on the BOE voter rolls, some for periods of up to four
years.
Accordingly, DOI investigators posing as a number of those ineligible or
deceased individuals, were permitted to obtain, mark, and submit
ballots in the scanners or in the lever voting booths in 61 cases, with
no challenge or question by BOE poll workers. Investigators were turned
away in 2 other cases. No votes were cast for any actual candidate or on
any proposal during the course of the DOI operation.
Interestingly, the result was not to demand more accountability from the
city’s Board of Elections. Rather, the New York City Council voted to
prosecute the investigators for impersonating voters, said John Fund, a
National Review columnist, previously with The Wall Street Journal,
during the panel.
Progressive critics reference the rarity of voter fraud prosecutions as
evidence of a “myth.” Fund said it is actually because such cases can be
politically disadvantageous to elected district attorneys.
“Most prosecutors run for election. Most prosecutors want to have higher
election,” Fund said. “The last thing you want to do is take on voter
fraud cases which are highly politicized and infuriate half the people
in your community on partisan basis. Judges require incredible standards
of proof and often the sentences of the few people who are convicted of
voter fraud are community service.”
Maintaining clean voter rolls from ineligible voters is also important
and required by law, said Hans von Spakovsky, senior legal fellow with
The Heritage Foundation. And New York isn’t the only place with a
problem. In Indiana, 16 counties had more registered voters than
voting-age adults based on U.S. Census Bureau data, he said.
The National Voter Registration Act of 1993, better known as the “Motor
Voter Law” allows people to register to vote when they get their
driver’s license law. But it also requires local governments to maintain
clean voter rolls, which the federal government can enforce. The Obama
administration has never enforced this provision, von Spakovsky said at
the forum.
“There has been a war being waged against election integrity for the
past decade,” von Spakovsky said. “The leader in this has been the U.S.
Justice Department. Instead of making sure every voter can vote and that
no one’s vote is stolen through fraud, they have been on the other side
of that, waging war against any efforts to prove election integrity.”
SOURCE
***************************
For more blog postings from me, see
TONGUE-TIED,
EDUCATION WATCH INTERNATIONAL,
GREENIE WATCH,
POLITICAL CORRECTNESS WATCH,
AUSTRALIAN POLITICS, and
Paralipomena (Occasionally updated), a
Coral reef compendium and
an IQ compendium. (Both updated as news items come in).
GUN WATCH is now mainly put together by Dean Weingarten. I also put up occasional updates on my
Personal blog and each day I gather together my most substantial current writings on
A WESTERN HEART.
Email me
here (Hotmail address). My Home Pages are
here (Academic) or
here (Pictorial) or
here (Personal)
***************************
27 September, 2016
Without 'Lone Wolf' Lie, U.S. Could Have Stopped Nearly EVERY ATTACK
Some time ago, the invaluable Patrick Poole coined the term “known
wolf,” sharply shredding the conventional Washington wisdom that “lone
wolf” terrorism is a major domestic threat.
Pat has tracked the phenomenon for years, right up to the jihadist
attacks this weekend in both the New York metropolitan area and St.
Cloud, Minnesota.
Virtually every time a terror attack has occurred, the actor initially
portrayed as a solo plotter lurking under the government’s radar turns
out to be -- after not much digging – an already known (sometimes even,
notorious) Islamic extremist.
As amply demonstrated by Poole’s reporting, catalogued here by PJ Media,
"lone wolves" --virtually every single one -- end up having actually
had extensive connections to other Islamic extremists, radical mosques,
and (on not rare occasions) jihadist training facilities.
The overarching point I have been trying to make is fortified by Pat’s
factual reporting. It is this: There are, and can be, no lone wolves.
The very concept is inane, and only stems from a willfully blind
aversion to the ideological foundation of jihadist terror: Islamic
supremacism.
The global, scripturally rooted movement to impose sharia -- in the
West, to incrementally supersede our culture of reason, liberty, and
equality with the repressive, discriminatory norms of classical Islamic
law -- is a pack. The wolves are members of the pack, and that’s why
they are the antithesis of “lone” actors. And, indeed, they always turn
out to be “known” precisely because their association with the pack,
with components of the global movement, is what ought to have alerted us
to the danger they portended before they struck.
This is willful blindness, because of the restrictions we have gratuitously imposed on ourselves.
The U.S. government refuses to acknowledge the ideology that drives the
movement until after some violent action is either too imminent to be
ignored or, sadly more often, until after the Islamic supremacist has
acted out the savagery his ideology commands.
The U.S. government consciously avoids the ideology because it is rooted
in a fundamentalist, literalist interpretation of Islam. Though it is
but one of many ways to construe that religion, the remorseless fact is
that it is a mainstream construction, adhered to by tens of millions of
Muslims and supported by centuries of scholarship.
I say “the U.S. government” is at fault here because, contrary to
Republican campaign rhetoric that is apparently seized by amnesia, this
is not merely an Obama administration dereliction -- however much the
president and his former secretary of State (and would-be successor)
Hillary Clinton have exacerbated the problem.
Since the World Trade Center was bombed in 1993, the bipartisan Beltway
cognoscenti have “reasoned” (a euphemism for “reckless self-delusion”)
that conceding the Islamic doctrinal roots of jihadist terror -- which
would implicitly concede the vast Islamist (sharia-supremacist) support
system without which the global jihadist onslaught would be impossible
-- is impractical.
But how could acknowledging the truth be impractical?
Especially given that national security hinges on an accurate assessment of threats?
Bipartisan Washington “reasons” that telling the truth would portray the
United States as “at war with Islam.” To be blunt, this conventional
wisdom can only be described as sheer idiocy.
We know that tens of millions of Muslims worldwide, and what appears to
be a preponderance (though perhaps a diminishing one) of Muslims in the
West, reject Islamic supremacism and its sharia-encroachment agenda. We
know that, by a large percentage, Muslims are the most common victims of
jihadist terror. We know that Muslim reformers are courageously working
to undermine and reinterpret the scriptural roots of Islamic
supremacism -- a crucial battle our default from makes far more
difficult for them to win. We know that Muslims, particularly those
assimilated into the West, have been working with our law enforcement,
military, and intelligence agencies for decades to gather intelligence,
infiltrate jihadist cells, thwart jihadist attacks, and fight jihadist
militias.
None of those Muslims -- who are not only our allies, but are in fact us -- believes that America is at war with Islam.
So why does Washington base crucial, life-and-death policy on nonsense?
Because it is in the thrall of the enemy. The “war on Islam” propaganda
is manufactured by Islamist groups, particularly those tied to the
Muslim Brotherhood.
While we resist study of our enemies’ ideology, they go to school on us. They thus grasp three key things:
(1) Washington is so bloated and dysfunctional, it will leap on any excuse to refrain from strong action;
(2) the American tradition of religious liberty can be exploited to
paralyze our government if national defense against a totalitarian
political ideology can be framed as hostility and persecution against an
entire religious faith; and
(3) because Washington has so much difficulty taking action, it welcomes
claims (or, to be faddish, “narratives”) that minimize the scope and
depth of the threat. Topping the “narrative” list is the fantasy that
the Islamist ideological support system that nurtures jihadism (e.g.,
the Muslim Brotherhood and its tentacles) is better seen as a
“moderate,” “non-violent” partner with whom we can work, than as what it
actually is: the enemy’s most effective agent. The stealth operative
that exploits the atmosphere of intimidation created by the jihadists.
In other words, in proceeding from the premise that we must do nothing
to convey the notion that we are “at war with Islam” -- or, in
Obama-Clinton parlance, in proceeding from the premise that we need a
good “narrative” rather than a truth-based strategy -- we have
internalized the enemy’s worldview, a view that is actually rejected by
our actual Islamic allies and the vast majority of Americans.
The delusion comes into sharp relief if one listens to Hillary Clinton’s
campaign bombast. Robert Spencer incisively quoted it earlier this
week:
[W]e know that a lot of the rhetoric we’ve heard from Donald Trump has
been seized on by terrorists, in particular ISIS, because they are
looking to make this into a war against Islam, rather than a war against
jihadists, violent terrorists, people who number maybe in the maybe
tens of thousands, not the tens of millions, they want to use that to
recruit more fighters to their cause, by turning it into a religious
conflict. That’s why I’ve been very clear. We’re going after the bad
guys and we’re going to get them, but we’re not going to go after an
entire religion and give ISIS exactly what it’s wanting in order for
them to enhance their position.
Sheer idiocy.
Our enemy is not the mere “tens of thousands” of jihadists. (She’s
probably low-balling the number of jihadists worldwide, but let’s
indulge her.) It is not merely ISIS, nor merely ISIS and al-Qaeda -- an
organization Mrs. Clinton conveniently omits mentioning, since it has
replenished, thanks to Obama-Clinton governance and despite
Obama-Clinton claims to have defeated it, to the point that it is now at
least as much a threat as it was on the eve of 9/11.
ISIS and al-Qaeda are not the sources of the threat against us. They are
the inevitable results of that threat. The actual threat, the source,
is Islamic supremacism and its sharia imposition agenda.
The support system, which the threat needs to thrive, does indeed
include tens of millions of Islamists, some small percentage of whom
will inexorably become violent jihadists, but the rest of whom will
nurture the ideological aggression and push the radical sharia agenda --
in the media, on the campus, in the courts, and in the policy councils
of government that they have so successfully influenced and infiltrated.
Obviously, to acknowledge that we are at war with this movement, at war
with Islamic supremacism, is not remotely to be “at war with Islam.”
After all, Islamic supremacism seeks conquest over all of Islam, too,
and on a much more rapid schedule than its long-term pursuit of conquest
over the West. Islamic supremacism is not a fringe movement; it is
large and, at the moment, a juggernaut. But too much of Islam opposes
Islamic supremacism to be confused with it.
Moreover, even if being at war with Islamic supremacists could be
persuasively spun as being “at war with Islam” -- i.e., even if we were
too incompetent to refute our enemies’ propaganda convincingly -- it
would make no difference.
The war would still be being prosecuted against us. We have to fight it
against the actual enemy, and we lose if we allow enemies to dupe us
into thinking they are allies. We have to act on reality, even if
Washington is too tongue-tied to find the right words for describing
reality.
The enemy is in our heads and has shaped our perception of the conflict,
to the enemy’s great advantage. That’s how you end up with inanities
like “lone wolf.”
SOURCE
******************************
Stealth Regulation: Regulation by Any Other Name Is Just as Sour
When the media and the public think about the term “regulation” they
tend to think about official rules issued by agencies after going
through the standard multi-year regulatory process. This process,
governed by the Administrative Procedure Act, is designed to be
transparent and public, allowing potentially affected parties to engage
in the development of the rule though comments, hearings, and other less
formal discussions. But this formal, open process is not the only way
the administrative state regulates. There are huge classes of
administrative actions which together create a category of stealth
regulation; regulation from the shadows that is difficult to challenge,
difficult to keep track of, and often difficult to know how to even
comply with.
Stealth regulation goes by many names: guidance, executive order,
executive memorandum, consent decree, compliance policy guide, manual,
notice of permit approval, dear colleague letter. And that’s just to
name a few. Each of these documents is issued unilaterally by an
executive branch entity and includes instructions, sometimes couched
merely as suggestions, on how citizens should comply with will of
regulators. For many of types of stealth regulation, regulated entities
are not technically legally required to follow the guidelines they
contain. However, each “suggestion” is backed by an implicit threat:
failure to follow can be met with severe regulatory harassment.
Rather than risk investigations, enforcement actions, litigation, or
other regulatory oppression, most regulated entities fall into line.
Thus we end up with a situation where regulators are regulating without
officially issuing regulations. Kafka’s idea of regulation.
Stealth regulation, existing as it does outside the official regulatory
process, is intentionally designed to hide from the general public. The
“suggestions” or “guidance” are typically made available to the specific
entities that are affected, but not made easily available beyond that.
Because of this, there is no true accounting of all the off-books
regulating that federal agencies are doing. And this is not accidental.
An attempt by the Competitive Enterprise Institute to compile such a
list found a total of 517,812 “notices” had been published in the
Federal Register since 1994, averaging 23-26 thousand a year. Each one
had potentially regulatory effect, and these are just what were
published. There are an unknown number of stealth regulations which are
never published in the official record of the federal government.
Thankfully this activity from the administrative state is not going
completely overlooked. Today the Senate Homeland Security and Government
Affairs Committee held another in a series of hearings examining the
stealth regulation phenomenon. But this is an issue that must be heard
and understood far more widely. Without understanding how the regulatory
state is robbing us of our freedom, we cannot effectively fight back.
The lesson here is, as ever, that the administrative state cannot be
trusted to act with restraint. Any ambiguity or leeway granted to the
regulators will be seized upon to expand their powers, expansions that
come at the expense of the rights and freedoms of American citizens.
Tighter rules, greater transparency, and ultimately smaller federal
government are the only true answer for recovering our liberty.
SOURCE
*******************************
Blocking Internet surrender helped unite Trump, Cruz and GOP
Americans for Limited Government President Rick Manning today issued the
following statement in response to Ted Cruz’ endorsement of Donald
Trump for President, where he cited as one reason, “Internet freedom.
Clinton supports Obama’s plan to hand over control of the Internet to an
international community of stakeholders, including Russia, China, and
Iran. Just this week, Trump came out strongly against that plan, and in
support of free speech online”:
“Donald Trump doing a statement on the Internet giveaway helped
facilitate Ted Cruz’ endorsement of Trump just two days later, in turn
helping to unite grassroots Republicans nationwide in the sprint to
November. This makes it all the more important that House and Senate
Republicans unite in their resolve to stop the Internet giveaway in the
continuing resolution before the end of the month. It would be tragic
that an issue which unites Republicans would be scrapped just to pass a
bill that funds the Obama administration’s priorities, including
surrendering U.S. oversight of the Internet’s domain name system to
foreign powers and multinational corporations, creating an unaccountable
global monopoly and risking censorship of every American’s vital
Internet freedoms.”
SOURCE
There is a new lot of postings by
Chris Brand just up -- with posts on IQ, Muslims and Russia
***************************
For more blog postings from me, see
TONGUE-TIED,
EDUCATION WATCH INTERNATIONAL,
GREENIE WATCH,
POLITICAL CORRECTNESS WATCH,
AUSTRALIAN POLITICS, and
Paralipomena (Occasionally updated), a
Coral reef compendium and
an IQ compendium. (Both updated as news items come in).
GUN WATCH is now mainly put together by Dean Weingarten. I also put up occasional updates on my
Personal blog and each day I gather together my most substantial current writings on
A WESTERN HEART.
Email me
here (Hotmail address). My Home Pages are
here (Academic) or
here (Pictorial) or
here (Personal)
***************************
26 September, 2016
The pill and Massey Ferguson
The great moral questioning of the '60s is normally attributed to the
contraceptive pill, which became generally available at that time.
The pill did what conventional morality had long done: remove the risk
of ex-nuptial births. So conventional morality lost its authority
among the young. Whether any sexual restraint of any kind was
warranted became questionable. So sexual promiscuity probably
reached its peak at that time. I was there and was a cautious
participant in the mood of the times.
And ALL morality, not only sexual morality, came into question at that
time. There was a collapse of values and standards across the
board at that time. If sexual restraint had become irrelevant,
might not all forms of restraint be old-fashioned and irrelevant?
So practices that had evolved over millennia for the guidance of society
lost their authority and there was nothing to replace them.
People were cast adrift from all guidance and had to figure out entirely
from new how to live the good life. Nobody knew any longer what
was wise.
Fortunately, however, Christians in particular kept the old moral
thinking alive and showed by results that it gave a better balanced
life. I was myself a fundamentalist Protestant throughout my teens
(late '50's to early '60s) and that gave me a great set of rules to
live by. I did not have to invent my own rules. I had the wisdom
of the ages on my side.
So I got though my teens with no trauma at all and much happiness.
I took no mind altering substances so was not damaged by them. I
did not drink alcohol so avoided all the risks associated with
that. I had friends who drank who died while drunk driving but I
did not. I was celibate so avoided some nasty diseases. I kept
clear of crime. So I arrived undamaged at adulthood and mental
maturity.
And at around age 20 (1963) I became an atheist. But my teen-aged
experience of a very puritanical lifestyle gave me strong habits of
restraint so I participated in the sexual revolution from that time on
only as part of affectionate relationships. A lot of my old Christian
values stay with me to this day and even in the '60s casual sex had no
attractions for me.
So I saw it all in the '60s and was sober enough to remember what I
saw. Many of the people who glorify the life they had in the '60s
can't actually remember much detail of what they did. They can't
remember what they saw through a blur of drugs and alcohol.
So what I have given so far is a conventional explanation of the great
break of the '60s. But the pill is in fact only half the
story. It's not the whole explanation for that break. The
other half is the Massey Ferguson tractor! How's that for a
strange proposition? To understand that proposition we have to go
back to what was behind the conventional morality of the pre-1960 era.
Conventional morality was heavily influenced by a shortage of
food. In our present era of cheap and abundant food, we find it
hard to comprehend that for most of human history, it was a struggle for
most families to put enough bread on the table for their
children. Most people were poor and the money often did not
stretch far enough to buy all the food that the family wanted.
They often had to make do with the cheapest possible food in order to
eat at all. Oaten porridge was a lifesaver.
So in those circumstances men wanted to be absolutely certain that the
children they were feeding were their own. "Cuckoos" were regarded as
robbing the man's natural children of what was rightfully theirs.
But the problem was how to tell who was the father of the various
children. Women mostly had a pretty good idea of it but the men
did not. And there is no doubt that both men and women sometimes
"stray". In a moment of passion a woman might easily sleep with
someone other than her husband and produce a child from that
union.
So there was only one way a man could ensure that his scarce resources
were spent on his own children: He had to convince his wife to
sleep only with him. And all the persuasive resources of society
were brought to bear on that need. Sexual restraint became the
highest morality, with everything from ostracism to hellfire deployed to
produce it.
And the pill did little to reduce that need. Sex became less
perilous but the man still needed to know which children were his.
So how come a highly functional morality broke down? Why did not
the pill simply drive promiscuity underground?
And that's where we come to Massey Ferguson. The Massey Ferguson
tractor was only one part of a broader phenonenon but it was a very
visible one. The Massey Ferguson was a small, cheap tractor
that was a remarkably tough machine. I remember seeing lots of
them in Australia and I gather that they were equally popular in
Britain. Massey Ferguson have made tractors of all shapes and
sizes over the years but those small post-war models had a big impact.
With a Massey Ferguson farmers could pull bigger implements than a horse
team could, could pull them for longer and could pull them more
cheaply. A horse team was not cheap to maintain. You had
farrier's bills, veterinary bills and feed bills. And a team
of big working horses can go though a phenomenal amount of feed every
day. For his Massey Ferguson the farmer just had to keep a drum of fuel
handy.
So a farmer's productivity was at least doubled when he bought a Massey
Ferguson. And what does a farmer's productivity add up to?
Food. Along with other agricultural advances of the postwar era,
the Massey Ferguson steadily drove down the price of food. In t
he USA it was probably John Deere who provided most of the tractors but the result was the same.
So by the time the '60s hit, feeding your family was a difficulty only
for the very unfortunate. So it was no longer a tragedy if a man
fed a child who was not his own. His other children were not
deprived thereby. So the great need for the sexual control of
women largely fell away. Conventional morality had lost its main
function.
So the Massey Ferguson is at least as important as the pill as an explanation of the '60s moral revolution -- JR
***************************
Who's the Treasonous Candidate?
Lie often and long enough and one will begin to believe one’s own lies
to be reality. Evidently, Hillary Clinton has been living in the reality
of her own lies for quite a while now. On Tuesday, Clinton claimed that
Donald Trump’s rhetoric against Islamic terrorism “is giving aid and
comfort to our adversaries.” That’s right, Hillary just accused Trump of
treason — for calling Islamic terrorism … Islamic terrorism. It is this
kind of backward and dishonest thinking which underhandedly vilifies
those who speak the truth while at the same time justifying the motives
of those who commit these heinous acts of terror. The truth is Trump is
not the one who should be accused of treasonous actions.
Actually, the fault lies with Clinton and her former boss, Barack Obama,
who did “create the Islamic State,” which emerged as the direct
consequence of the politically motivated and premature withdrawal from
Iraq. That, in turn, created the most catastrophic humanitarian crisis
in the history of the region.
As an additional consequence of the failure of Obama and Clinton to
contain Islamic terror, the frequency of attacks targeting Americans on
our soil will increase. Don’t buy into the errant “lone wolf” rhetoric.
All of these attackers are unified by Islamist doctrine. But according
to Hillary, even the suggestion of an Islamic connection to the actions
of these terrorists is tantamount to treason. Clinton’s deceit has
blinded her from reality, and, sadly, too many Americans have bought
into this lie as well.
SOURCE
****************************
Dozens Injured in 'Narrative Fight' With Islamic Terrorists
Everything is only a narrative to this administration
In Aeneid, the epic by the ancient Greek poet Virgil, the story is told
of how the Greeks defeated the Trojans through the use of stratagem. As
the story goes, the Greeks, after a decade-long siege of the city of
Troy failed to secure a victory, deceived the Trojans by building a huge
wooden horse, leaving it at the gates of the city as the Greek army
sailed away. The Trojans, believing the Greeks had given up, brought the
great horse within the city walls as a symbol of their victory.
Unbeknownst to the Trojans, an elite force of Greek soldiers was hidden
inside, which came out under cover of night, opened the gates for the
Greek army (which had sailed back), and destroyed the city, ending the
war decisively.
As the philosopher George Santayana noted, those who refuse to learn
from history are doomed to repeat it. Barack Obama and his legions of
progressive Democrats certainly seem determined to repeat history when
it comes to allowing our enemies within our borders.
Following Islamist terror attacks this past weekend in New York, New
Jersey and Minnesota, Obama once again buried his head in the proverbial
sand, berating the media for reporting the incidents as acts of
terrorism. He admonished the press to “try to refrain from getting out
ahead of the investigation” because, he argued, “it does not help if
false reports or incomplete information is out there.”
Except no one was getting out ahead of anything. The perpetrator was yet
another radicalized Muslim — this one from Afghanistan who became a
U.S. citizen. Ahmad Khan Rahami, suspected of the bombings that caused
an explosion in New Jersey and another which injured 29 in New York, has
traveled between the U.S., Afghanistan and Pakistan multiple times in
the last five years, and he was interviewed each time upon return though
never suspected of being radicalized.
In a separate incident, nine people were injured by a knife-wielding man
at a mall in Minnesota who, as he slashed his victims, reportedly made
references to Allah.
These are just the latest of dozens of terrorist attacks (or, as Obama
calls them, incidents of “workplace violence”) that have occurred under
Obama’s watch, and yet he and his would-be successor Hillary Clinton are
both calling for an increase in the flow of “refugees” from countries
infested with Islamic radicals.
This despite Obama’s own FBI director admitting there is no way to
properly vet Syrian refugees to weed out potential terrorists. Yet Obama
plans to increase the number of refugees next year from 85,000 to
110,000, and Clinton has announced she will raise that quota even
higher. This becomes of even greater concern when considering a recent
report out of the U.S. Southern Command warning that, in 2015, of the
331,000 illegal aliens known to have crossed the U.S. border with
Mexico, a staggering 30,000 of those come from “countries of terrorist
concern.” If only 1% of those turn out to be terrorists, that is still
300 terrorists that we have allowed to come into our borders.
This is on top of a report from Homeland Security revealing that the
U.S. “mistakenly” granted citizenship to at least 858 immigrants (and
perhaps more than 1,800) from “special interest countries” that are
struggling to deal with Islamic terrorism.
Speaking in response to the revelations, Donald Trump stated that the
attacks “should be a wake-up call for every American” regarding the need
to get tougher on immigration and secure our borders. He continued, “We
need to get smart and get tough fast so that this weekend’s attacks do
not become the new normal here as it has in Europe and other parts of
the world. … The safety and security of the homeland must be the
overriding objective of our leaders when it comes to our immigration
policy.”
Shockingly, as if we are engaged in a mere policy debate with radical
Islam rather than a shooting war where thousands of innocents are
beheaded, burned, shot, stoned, raped and tortured, White House Press
Secretary Josh Earnest said, in response to the attacks, “When it comes
to ISIL, we are in a fight — a narrative fight with them. A narrative
battle.”
Everything is only a narrative to this administration.
That is weapons-grade stupidity that will get more Americans killed.
Hillary Clinton must be getting the message though, because after
insisting we import hundreds of thousands of unvetted “refugees” from
radicalized Muslim countries, she has changed her tune, suddenly talking
tough on vetting immigrants. It will be remembered, however, that in
her four years as secretary of state, she showed no such interest in
stronger vetting of potentially dangerous refugees.
America simply cannot survive this suicidal self-loathing in which we
paint ourselves as a racist, homophobic, xenophobic, Islamophobic (one
might say, “deplorable”) nation, and refuse to defend our borders, our
citizens, our values, and our way of life. We cannot ignore the
existential danger of the progressive, globalist agenda which seeks to
undermine U.S. sovereignty and security while importing millions of
immigrants, legal and illegal, who have no desire to become adopted
members of their new home country, who have no desire to assimilate, and
who in many cases openly seek to destroy the very things that made us
the greatest engine of freedom and prosperity in the history of the
world.
Of course, when it comes to America-hating, maybe they are just
following Obama’s example. He never misses an opportunity to denigrate
and browbeat the country he supposedly leads, as he just did on Tuesday
in his final speech to the UN.
SOURCE
***************************
For more blog postings from me, see
TONGUE-TIED,
EDUCATION WATCH INTERNATIONAL,
GREENIE WATCH,
POLITICAL CORRECTNESS WATCH,
AUSTRALIAN POLITICS, and
Paralipomena (Occasionally updated), a
Coral reef compendium and
an IQ compendium. (Both updated as news items come in).
GUN WATCH is now mainly put together by Dean Weingarten. I also put up occasional updates on my
Personal blog and each day I gather together my most substantial current writings on
A WESTERN HEART.
Email me
here (Hotmail address). My Home Pages are
here (Academic) or
here (Pictorial) or
here (Personal)
***************************
25 September, 2016
Racism and freedom of thought
I am a racist -- as the Left define that term. I think that there
are different races and that some (not all) of the differences between
those races matter. Aside from the fanatic Left, most people would
concede that there are differences between people and that some of
those differences can matter so why deny that groups of people can be
different too? I suppose an answer to that is possible but I have
yet to hear one.
The reason the Left get such a charge out of the "racist" accusation is
that it puts people in mind of the deeds of the unforgotten Uncle
Adolf. Adolf was for a time seen as a kindly uncle by most
Germans. So Leftists exploit that memory to imply that anybody who
mentions race at all must be only a hairsbreadth away from being a
genocidal maniac. I suppose most people can see that such an
inference is too sweeping but I want to show that it is very sweeping
indeed.
And I intend to use myself to show how incorrect that inference
is. Although I am a racist, one of the people I most admire is
David P. To my mind he is worth more to humanity than a whole
skyscraper full of bureaucrats. David runs a small cafe where I
often have brunch. He takes orders, he makes coffees, he delivers
orders to the tables, he clears away dirty dishes and wipes down
tables. And he has got a ready smile for everyone all the
time.
And all those things are needed. They are things that people voluntarily
seek out and pay money for. And the benefit of them is totally
clear and uncontrovertible -- unlike the dubious "services" provided by
bureaucrats in skyscrapers. I certainly enjoy my excellent
brunches from David but when has any bureaucrat given me pleasure?
If a skyscraper full of bureaucrats vanished overnight, few people
would notice. But if David did not come in one morning, there
would be a lot of people milling around and feeling very deprived.
David is Vietnamese. He grew up in Australia but his parents
were "boat people": People who fled Communism in small boats to get to a
safer place. So what sort of racist am I when I admire immensely a
brownish man of unambiguously Asian appearance? I will tell you
what sort I am. I think the Vietnamese are a fine race who pull
their weight more than most. I am racially pro-Vietnamese.
Not all of them are as good as David but Vietnamese have been in
Australia for a long time now and I have been observing them for a long
time. And a lot of them are as good as David P.
I could go on with other examples of people I admire. I could
mention Pavan, who is Indian and also the most good humoured man I
know. I could mention Les, who is one of the manliest men I know
but who, like a lot of Kiwis, has both English and Maori
ancestors. And so on. And more broadly, I could mention how
much I admire the Japanese and Chinese for their unusual
intelligence. I am in fact a Sinophile of sorts. I admire
the Han.
So, you see, it is possible to be a racist without thinking ill of people, let alone wishing to harm them.
But I don't think highly of all people I meet and I don't think highly
of all human groups that I encounter. It could hardly be clearer
that people of Sub-Saharan African ancestry are in general dangerous
people to have around and I understand well the "white flight" to the
suburbs whereby mainstream Americans seek to avoid them. Their
problem is not their skin color but their aggressive behavior.
And it is that aggressive behaviour that should in my view be focused on, not their racial origin.
As I have long argued,
I think it is crazy to catch malefactors and then let them go.
Once someone has been found guilty of some foul deed, it seems crazy to
let them go so that they can re-offend. So how to improve that
situation? We once did deal with it well. Up until the early 19th
century, murderers and other grave offenders in England were hanged at
Tyburn and similar places. There was a zero rate of re-offending
for them.
There are so many people who commit crimes these days that we can hardly
hang them all. Even in the early 19th century, the British didn't
hang everybody. Petty criminals were, for instance, banished to
Australia. I am descended from two such petty criminals.
It seems to me, however, that recidivists (repeat offenders) are a
special case. It is often said that anybody can make a mistake and
that people should be given an opportunity to learn from their
mistakes. So a first-offender should be punished but after that let go
in the hope that he will not re-offend. But what if he does
reoffend? I think that shows him as a seriously deficient person
who is unlikely to change in response to mercy and forgiveness.
That doesn't mean that we have to hang him but it does mean that he has
to be kept permanently out of circulation in the law-abiding
community. Low-cost permanent detention would be one
possibility. Only about 2% of the population commit crimes and
only about half of them re-offend so the numbers to be accommodated
might not be impossibly costly -- particularly if bare-bones
accommodation only were provided.
And a traditional method could be used too: Exile. Exile goes back
to ancient Greek and Roman times and probably earlier. As a
descendant of exiled people, I think it could almost be called
humane. There is no doubt that some poor countries could be paid a
small sum to take in exiled Western criminals. Africa might be
particularly receptive. Afro-Americans would not seem too
different from the local population and criminals of Caucasian origin
would usually seem positively law-abiding compared to the African
locals.
And then there are the Jihadis. There is no doubt that they are a
problem group at the moment. To deal with them I think we have to deny
Muslims not only freedom of speech but even freedom of thought.
That is an extraordinary thing to propose but the only other way I can
see of protecting ourselves from the insane minority of Muslims is to
repatriate all Muslims to their ancestral lands.
So what do I mean by freedom of thought? I mean that any evidence
of Jihadi sympathies among Muslims has to be made illegal so that the
person concerned can be caught before he carries out Jihadi deeds. He is
then exiled to his ancestral country.
The cooperation of the Muslim population at large would be needed for
that to be done effectively but if it is put strongly to them that their
permission to stay in Western countries is at stake, I have no doubt
that co-operation would be forthcoming. Very quietly, a lot of
co-operation at preventing terrorist acts is already given. There have
even been instances of Muslim parents incriminating their radicalized
children.
But what about the First Amendment, Americans will say? I hate to
state the obvious here but the First Amendment protects speech only, not
thought! I think a court could find the two to be separable.
So I don't want to harm anyone on the basis of their race but I do
believe that we need to use firmer measures to protect ourselves from
crime. And noting the differences between different groups of
people can aid that. The characteristic crimes of each group may
benefit from solutions "tailor-made for that group: Jihadis need
thought control, Africans need Africa.
*****************************
More corroboration of what a nasty piece of work Hillary is in private
Note that Facebook Suspended the Military K9 Handler’s Account After He Wrote the above
********************************
Cruz Endorses Trump for President
Sen. Ted Cruz has endorsed Republican nominee Donald Trump for President
four months after dropping out of the race for president, returning to
his work in the U.S. Senate, and beginning to campaign for re-election
in 2018. A statement from Cruz read:
"This election is unlike any other in our nation’s history. Like many
other voters, I have struggled to determine the right course of action
in this general election.
In Cleveland, I urged voters, “please, don’t stay home in November.
Stand, and speak, and vote your conscience, vote for candidates up and
down the ticket whom you trust to defend our freedom and to be faithful
to the Constitution.”
After many months of careful consideration, of prayer and searching my
own conscience, I have decided that on Election Day, I will vote for the
Republican nominee, Donald Trump.
I’ve made this decision for two reasons. First, last year, I promised to
support the Republican nominee. And I intend to keep my word.
Second, even though I have had areas of significant disagreement with
our nominee, by any measure Hillary Clinton is wholly unacceptable —
that’s why I have always been #NeverHillary.
Six key policy differences inform my decision. First, and most
important, the Supreme Court. For anyone concerned about the Bill of
Rights — free speech, religious liberty, the Second Amendment — the
Court hangs in the balance. I have spent my professional career fighting
before the Court to defend the Constitution. We are only one justice
away from losing our most basic rights, and the next president will
appoint as many as four new justices. We know, without a doubt, that
every Clinton appointee would be a left-wing ideologue. Trump, in
contrast, has promised to appoint justices “in the mold of Scalia.”
For some time, I have been seeking greater specificity on this issue,
and today the Trump campaign provided that, releasing a very strong list
of potential Supreme Court nominees — including Sen. Mike Lee, who
would make an extraordinary justice — and making an explicit commitment
to nominate only from that list. This commitment matters, and it
provides a serious reason for voters to choose to support Trump.
Second, Obamacare. The failed healthcare law is hurting millions of
Americans. If Republicans hold Congress, leadership has committed to
passing legislation repealing Obamacare. Clinton, we know beyond a
shadow of doubt, would veto that legislation. Trump has said he would
sign it.
Third, energy. Clinton would continue the Obama administration’s war on
coal and relentless efforts to crush the oil and gas industry. Trump has
said he will reduce regulations and allow the blossoming American
energy renaissance to create millions of new high-paying jobs.
Fourth, immigration. Clinton would continue and even expand President
Obama’s lawless executive amnesty. Trump has promised that he would
revoke those illegal executive orders.
Fifth, national security. Clinton would continue the Obama
administration’s willful blindness to radical Islamic terrorism. She
would continue importing Middle Eastern refugees whom the FBI cannot vet
to make sure they are not terrorists. Trump has promised to stop the
deluge of unvetted refugees.
Sixth, Internet freedom. Clinton supports Obama’s plan to hand over
control of the Internet to an international community of stakeholders,
including Russia, China, and Iran. Just this week, Trump came out
strongly against that plan, and in support of free speech online.
These are six vital issues where the candidates’ positions present a clear choice for the American people.
If Clinton wins, we know — with 100% certainty — that she would deliver
on her left-wing promises, with devastating results for our country.
My conscience tells me I must do whatever I can to stop that.
We also have seen, over the past few weeks and months, a Trump campaign
focusing more and more on freedom — including emphasizing school choice
and the power of economic growth to lift African-Americans and Hispanics
to prosperity.
Finally, after eight years of a lawless Obama administration, targeting
and persecuting those disfavored by the administration, fidelity to the
rule of law has never been more important.
The Supreme Court will be critical in preserving the rule of law. And,
if the next administration fails to honor the Constitution and Bill of
Rights, then I hope that Republicans and Democrats will stand united in
protecting our fundamental liberties.
Our country is in crisis. Hillary Clinton is manifestly unfit to be
president, and her policies would harm millions of Americans. And Donald
Trump is the only thing standing in her way.
A year ago, I pledged to endorse the Republican nominee, and I am
honoring that commitment. And if you don’t want to see a Hillary Clinton
presidency, I encourage you to vote for him"
During the first Republican presidential primary debate, all the
candidates on the stage were asked if they would support whichever
candidate won the Republican nomination. Only Trump expressed at the
time that he could not yet make that commitment. Cruz was on that stage.
Eventually, each candidate present at the first debate made the pledge
to back the Republican nominee. Cruz re-affirmed that pledge in March as
the race tightened.
Trump invited Cruz to speak at the Republican National Convention in
July, where Trump was officially named and accepted the Republican
nomination for president of the United States. Rumors flew around the
convention speculating on whether Cruz would seize the public
opportunity to endorse Trump. But while Cruz congratulated Trump on
winning the nomination and made several indictments of Democratic
nominee-to-be Hillary Clinton and President Barack Obama, he stopped
short of endorsing Trump, instructing those listening rather to “vote
your conscience.”
SOURCE
***************************
For more blog postings from me, see
TONGUE-TIED,
EDUCATION WATCH INTERNATIONAL,
GREENIE WATCH,
POLITICAL CORRECTNESS WATCH,
AUSTRALIAN POLITICS, and
Paralipomena (Occasionally updated), a
Coral reef compendium and
an IQ compendium. (Both updated as news items come in).
GUN WATCH is now mainly put together by Dean Weingarten. I also put up occasional updates on my
Personal blog and each day I gather together my most substantial current writings on
A WESTERN HEART.
Email me
here (Hotmail address). My Home Pages are
here (Academic) or
here (Pictorial) or
here (Personal)
***************************
23 September, 2016
Trump is Hitler? Why HILLARY is More Like The Führer...
******************************
The Experiment: Capitalism versus Socialism
What if we could have an experiment to compare the two systems? Wait – we already did
David R. Legates
Experimentation is a major tool in the scientist’s arsenal. We can put
the same strain of bacteria into two Petri dishes, for example, and
compare the relative effects of two different antibiotics.
What if we could do the same with economic systems? We could take a
country and destroy its political and economic fabric through, say, a
natural disaster or widespread pestilence – or a war. War is the
ultimate political and economic cleansing agent. Its full devastation
can send a country back almost to the beginning of civilization.
We could then take this war-torn country and divide it into two parts.
It would have similar people, similar climate, similar potential trading
partners, similar geography – but one part is rebuilt using capitalism
as its base, while the other rebuilds using socialism and its
principles. We’d let the virtues of each system play out and see where
these two new countries would be after, say, fifty years.
Don’t you wonder what the outcome might be? Well, as it turns out, we
have already performed The Experiment. It’s post-war
Germany.
Following the devastation of World War II, Germany was split into two
parts. The German Federal Republic, or West Germany, was rebuilt in the
image of the western allies and a capitalist legal-political-economic
system. By contrast, the German Democratic Republic, or East
Germany, was reconstructed using the socialist/communist principles
championed by the Soviet Union. The Experiment pitted the market economy
of the West against the command economy of the East.
On the western side, considering what’s being taught in our schools, one
might expect that “greedy capitalism” would create a state where a few
people became the rich elite, while the vast majority were left as
deprived masses. Socialism, by contrast, promised East Germany the best
that life had to offer, through rights guaranteed by the state,
including “human rights” to employment and living wages, time for rest
and leisure, health care and elder care, and guaranteed housing,
education and cultural programs.
So the Petri dishes were set, and The Experiment began. In 1990, after
just 45 years, The Experiment abruptly and surprisingly ended – with
reunification back into a single country. How did it work out?
In West Germany, capitalism rebuilt the devastated country into a
political and economic power in Europe, rivaled only by its former
enemy, Great Britain. Instead of creating a rich 1% and a poor 99%, West
Germans thrived: average West Germans were considerably wealthier than
their Eastern counterparts. The country developed economically, and its
people enjoyed lives with all the pleasures that wealth, modern
technologies and quality free time could provide.
By contrast, East Germany’s socialist policies created a state that fell
woefully behind. Its people were much poorer; property ownership was
virtually non-existent amid a collectivist regime; food and material
goods were scarce and expensive, available mostly to Communist Party
elites; spies were everywhere, and people were summarily arrested and
jailed; the state pretended to pay its workers, and they pretended to
work. A wall of concrete, barbed wire and guard towers was built to
separate the two halves of Berlin – and keep disgruntled Eastern
citizens from defecting to the West. Many who tried to leave were shot.
By the time of reunification, productivity in East Germany was barely
70% of that in West Germany. The West boasted large, vibrant industries
and other highly productive sectors, while dirty antiquated factories
and outmoded farming methods dominated the East. Even staples like
butter, eggs and chicken – abundant and affordable in West Germany –
were twice as expensive in the eastern “workers’ paradise.”
Coffee was seven times more expensive, while gasoline and laundry
detergent were more than 2½ times more expensive. Luxury items, like
automobiles and men’s suits were twice as expensive, color televisions
five times more costly. About the only staple that was cheaper in East
Germany were potatoes, which could be distilled into vodka, so that
lower caste East Germans could commiserate better with their abundant
Russian comrades.
Moreover, state-guaranteed health care in the East did not translate
into a healthier society. In 1990, life expectancy in the West was about
3½ years longer than in the East for men, and more than 2½ years longer
for women. Studies found that unfavorable working conditions,
psychological reactions to political suppression, differences in
cardiovascular risk factors and lifestyles, and lower standards of
medical technology in East Germany were largely responsible for their
lower health standards.
The socialist mentality of full employment for everyone led to more
women working in the East than in the West. This pressure resulted in
better childcare facilities in East Germany, as mothers there returned
to work sooner after giving birth and were more inclined to work
full-time – or more compelled to work, to put food on the table, which
meant they had to work full-time and run the household. This also meant
East German children had far less contact with their parents and
families, even as West Germans became convinced that children fared
better under their mothers’ loving care than growing up in nurseries.
As the education system in East Germany was deeply rooted in socialism,
the state ran an extensive network of schools that indoctrinated
children into the socialist system from just after their birth to the
university level. While it’s true that today East Germans perform better
at STEM (science, technology, engineering, math) studies than their
Western counterparts, that may be explained in part by the influx of
numerous poorly educated immigrants to former West German areas, and the
extensive money invested in the eastern region since reunification.
However, schools of the East were not intended to establish creative
thinking, which results in creativity and innovation. Rather, they were
authoritarian and rigid, encouraging collective group-think and
consensus ideas, rather than fostering outside-the-box thinking, novel
philosophies and enhanced productivity. Thus, East German technology was
slow to develop and students were often overqualified for available
jobs.
Did the East gain any advantage? Nudism was more prevalent in the East,
if that was your thing. Personal interaction was higher too,
because telephones and other technologies were lacking. But even though
East Germany was much better off than other Soviet satellite countries
(a tribute to innate German resourcefulness), East German socialism
offered few advantages over its capitalist western counterpart. In
fact, in the years since reunification, homogenization of Germany has
been slow, due largely to the legacy of years lived under socialist
domination, where any work ethic was unrewarded, even repressed.
Freedom was the single most important ingredient that caused West
Germany to succeed. Freedom is the elixir that fuels innovation,
supports a diversity of thought, and allows people to become who they
want to be, not what the state demands they must be. When the government
guarantees equality of outcomes, it also stifles the creativity,
diversity, ingenuity and reward systems that allow people and countries
to grow, develop and prosper. The Experiment has proven this.
These days in the United States, however, forgetful, unobservant and
ideological politicians are again touting the supposed benefits of
socialism. Government-provided health and elder care, free tuition, paid
day care and pre-school education, guaranteed jobs and wages are all
peddled by candidates who feel government can and should care for us
from cradle to grave. They apparently think East German socialism is
preferable to West German capitalism. Have they learned nothing from The
Experiment?
A friend of mine believes capitalism is greedy and evil – and socialism,
if “properly implemented,” will take us forward to realizing a better
future. I counter that The Experiment proves society is doomed to
mediocrity at best under autocratic socialism. Indeed, those who turn
toward the Siren call of socialism always crash upon its rocks. But my
friend assures me: “Trust me, this time it will be different.”
That’s what they always say. Perhaps Venezuela and Cuba are finally making socialism work?
Via email
**********************************
A Battle of Narratives?
On Sunday, while the search for bombing suspect Ahmad Khan Rahami was
unfolding, CNN had Barack Obama spokesman Josh Earnest in the studio for
an interview. Earnest made a point to stress that the U.S. battle
against Islamic terror was a “battle of narratives.” He said, “What I am
telling you is that we are, when it comes to ISIL, we are in a fight — a
narrative fight with them, a narrative battle, and what ISIL wants to
do is they want to project that they are an organization that is
representing Islam in a fight and a war against the West and a war
against the United States.”
However, it appears that the real battle over narratives is not
primarily between the U.S. and ISIL but between leftists and
conservatives. Consider how CNN reported on Donald Trump’s remarks after
the bombings. A CNN headline read: “Trump Says ‘Racial Profiling’ Will
Stop Terror.” The problem is that Trump never said “racial” in his
comments on the need for better vetting of immigrants. CNN simply
injected the word into its coverage. Clearly, CNN wants to promote a
false image of Trump being a racist.
Then there was MSNBC’s Chris Hayes. He tweeted: “We’re also very very
lucky that the attackers tried to use explosives rather than guns.”
Hayes, seeking to make some anti-gun point, comes across as completely
out of touch with regards to the actual issue at hand. This kind of
unabashed exploitation of a horrific event in order to further some
unconnected social agenda has become increasingly common for the
Leftmedia. On a side note, to counter Hayes' foolish comment, it was a
citizen armed with a handgun who stopped the knife-wielding attacker in
Minnesota.
Back to Earnest’s comments on a “battle of narratives,” the Democrat
leadership and specifically Hillary Clinton, who was the secretary of
state at the time of ISIL’s rise, and current Secretary of State John
Kerry are responsible for framing this as a battle of narratives rather
than what it truly is — a war against American values. To deny the
radical Islamic ideological motivation for these terrorist attacks and
boil them down to merely a “battle of narratives” is to deny reality.
SOURCE
**************************
No Thank You, Obama
Last week, while touting the new Census report on income and poverty in
America, Barack Obama took credit for $2 a gallon gasoline, and
immodestly shouted to his crowd of supporters: “Thank you, Obama.”
I don’t want to sound ungrateful, but given that for eight years your
administration has done everything to decapitate the oil and gas
industry that gave us low gas prices, sorry: No thanks are in order, Mr.
President.
Even more amazing was Obama’s victory lap on the income numbers. Yes,
incomes for middle-class families rose by an impressive 5 percent in
2015. And poverty fell. Thank goodness. It’s about time.
But the Census report was anything but cause for celebration. It is a
stinging indictment of the policy results of both the George W. Bush and
the Obama legacies. They both miserably failed and are equally culpable
for the sad state of the American family’s finances today.
Census found that American incomes are lower today (adjusted for
inflation) than they were in 2007. What kind of recovery is this, when
we still haven’t made up the lost ground from a recession that happened
seven years ago? Thank you, Obama.
Even more worrisome is the Census revelation that Americans are poorer
today than they were in 2000. In other words, for 15 years, average
families have made no progress at all in terms of their personal
financial situations. That’s a decade and a half of no growth. That’s
sad. The Bush administration has to be held accountable for this
malaise, since most of it happened on Bush’s watch. This is a good point
to make to the pro-Bush “never-Trumpers,” who keep sanctimoniously
denouncing Trump’s policies as reckless. They should look in the mirror.
Other decade-long trends brought to light by the Census report were
equally gloomy. We still have more than 43 million Americans in poverty
today. About 1 in 7 of our citizens is poor. The absolute number of poor
people is so large it is now the equivalent of every resident of
California being in poverty. Obama’s record on fighting poverty has been
a complete failure. The number of families that are poor grew by 3.2
million since the self-proclaimed savior entered office. Thank you,
Obama.
If the poverty rate stood today where it was 15 years ago, we would have 7 million fewer Americans under the poverty threshold.
Why is poverty higher? Two reasons. One is that economic growth has been
abysmally low over the last decade. And second: a smaller share of
adults are actually working. Getting a job and a paycheck is usually a
good way to move out of poverty, but we now have a near-record number of
adults who are unemployed. Thank you, Obama.
These numbers are not just worrisome; they are scandalous. They point to
a decade of failed policies enacted by our clueless political leaders.
As the great Reagan economist Arthur Laffer has put it so aptly, we keep
punishing success through taxes and rewarding failure through welfare,
and then we wonder why we are getting nothing but failure.
One other depressing statistic is the lack of economic progress for
black Americans under Obama. You won’t likely hear this from Black Lives
Matter or the NAACP, but blacks have lost ground economically since
Obama entered office. Their incomes have fallen by 2 percent. That’s
especially disappointing because blacks already have much lower incomes
than whites and Asians, so they are falling further behind relatively.
Thank you, Obama.
The left’s flimsy explanation for all this slow growth is that this is
the best America can do in the 21st century. But Donald Trump put it
very well in his economic speech last Thursday at the New York Economic
Club when he admonished the liberal policies that have put us in this
current state. “This isn’t the best America can do; this is the best
they can do,” he explained.
He’s right. Tax cuts, regulatory relief, energy production, school
choice and repealing Obamacare will fix these problems and create, as
John F. Kennedy put it half a century ago, a rising tide that lifts all
boats.
SOURCE
***************************
For more blog postings from me, see
TONGUE-TIED,
EDUCATION WATCH INTERNATIONAL,
GREENIE WATCH,
POLITICAL CORRECTNESS WATCH,
AUSTRALIAN POLITICS, and
Paralipomena (Occasionally updated), a
Coral reef compendium and
an IQ compendium. (Both updated as news items come in).
GUN WATCH is now mainly put together by Dean Weingarten. I also put up occasional updates on my
Personal blog and each day I gather together my most substantial current writings on
A WESTERN HEART.
Email me
here (Hotmail address). My Home Pages are
here (Academic) or
here (Pictorial) or
here (Personal)
***************************
22 September, 2016
Fascism in the open
The stranglehold that the Left have on American education strives to
ensure that no part of history that might embarrass the Left becomes
generally known. The slogan in the graphic above would never have
been used except that a knowledge of Benito Mussolini has been
thoroughly anaesthetized. Mussolini invented the word Fascism to
convey exactly what Mrs Clinton is conveying. He was a scholarly
man who knew his history and he knew that the symbol of authority in
ancient Rome was a bundle of rods called a Fasces borne by the
lictors. The image was that the bundle was much stronger than any
single rod it contains. In historical terms, then, Mrs Clinton is quite
explicitly a Fascist. She has chosen as her theme the central message of
Italian Fascism.
And in their intolerance of dissent, the Left are getting close to another great Fascist slogan:
Mussolini ha sempre ragione (Mussolini is always right).
**************************
It doesn’t matter what names the mainstream media call Trump – he
says exactly what most Americans think, especially when it comes to
Islamic terror
By Piers Morgan, who knows Trump well
Donald Trump’s a monster. A vile, hideous, bigoted, nasty,
ignorant, deluded, psychotic, ruthless, preposterous, demented buffoon
on a collision course to steal the White House and destroy the planet.
Oh, and he’s a sexist, racist, homophobic, misogynist pig too, and every
other word ending in ‘–ist’ you can think of for that matter.
Actually he’s even worse than that; in fact, Trump’s the new Hitler – a
man who, you may recall, ordered the slaughter of six million Jews.
I know all this because I’ve been reading those exact descriptions about
Trump for weeks in the US media, from a whole phalanx of intelligent,
experienced journalists, broadcasters, politicians and pundits.
All of them sounding increasingly like Dr Frankenstein in their
desperation to try to put this ‘disgusting’ political creature they
helped create, nurture and flourish firmly back in his reality TV box.
Yet despite this unprecedented bombardment of mainstream abuse, Trump’s
poll numbers keep rising and his chances of becoming President keep
increasing.
The reason, to me, is obvious: tens of millions of Americans just don’t agree with that withering verdict.
They think Trump’s a fiery, flamboyant, super-rich, shoot-from-the-hip buccaneer on a mission to make America great again.
They agree with him about illegal immigration, about big Government
corruption, about Wall Street greed, about ‘crooked’ Hillary Clinton and
most pertinently, about the threat of Islamic terrorism.
They see Trump as standing up for them, the little guys, especially the
working class little guys, against the Establishment that’s conspiring
to ruin their lives.
To them, he’s a towering, unbelievably self-confident fusion of Robin
Hood and Friar Tuck who has decided ‘enough is enough’ and wants to
reclaim the American dream from those who’ve abused it and take it back
to the way it was, to what it was meant to be.
They like the way he talks, struts and fights. So the more the media
whack him, the more they root for their guy. Especially when he whacks
the media back with even greater ferocity.
All this came to a head over the past week with the two terrorist
attacks by radicalised Muslims in Minnesota and New York. This was a
perfect storm for both Trump-haters and Trump-lovers.
The former knew he would benefit politically from the incidents, because
they were of the exact type he has been vociferously warning about for
the past year.
The latter shared his outrage at the indiscriminate attacks on fellow
Americans and the apparent impotence of President Obama in doing
anything to stop them.
Hillary Clinton, as she normally does, tried to be all calm and
collected. This is not a war against Islam, she insisted. We can’t
blame all Muslims for what’s happened, she declared.
She’s right, it’s not and we can’t. But what neither she nor Obama
offers the American people is any kind of plan to combat such
attacks. They talk of how awful it all is, but studiously avoid
advocating any real action for fear of upsetting or offending people.
The President doesn’t even like using the phrase ‘Islamic terrorism’, which is utterly absurd given that’s plainly what it is.
In the face of such apparently weak, insipid, mealy-mouthed and frankly
meaningless rhetoric, it’s hardly surprising that Trump emerges as a
non-PC, no-nonsense voice of reason to many Americans.
His anger is THEIR anger. It’s real.
I’ve been down to places like Florida and Texas recently and heard with
my own ears many people ranting about the abject failure of their
government to tackle ISIS.
In Trump, they see someone at least prepared to say the unsayable, even if it ruffles a few feathers.
Ahmad Khan Rahami, the New Jersey and New York pipe and pressure cooker
bomber, is the perfect illustration of what Trump has been talking
about. His family came to the US as asylum seekers in the 1990s, when he
was seven years old. In recent years, Rahami made ‘multiple’
visits to Afghanistan and Pakistan.
Authorities told CNN that he spent a whole year, between 2013 and 2014,
in the Pakistan city of Quetta, a hotbed of Islamic extremism. A friend
revealed the shocking change in him after these trips.
‘He left to go to Afghanistan,’ said Flee Jones, ‘and two years ago he
came back, popped up again and was real religious. It was shocking. I’m
trying to understand what made him like this.’
It’s not hard to work out the likely answer: Rahami was radicalised by
jihadis. He then brought his new radicalised views back to America
where they festered inside his rage-filled mind until he finally
erupted in an orgy of violence.
His story, and his method of attack, bear a striking resemblance to the
Russian-born Tsarnaev brothers who terrorised the Boston marathon.
The case of the Minnesota terrorist, Dahir Ahmed Adan, is less
clear. We know he was a 22-year-old student who randomly stabbed
ten people in a shopping mall, making ‘some reference to Allah’ and
asking at least one victim whether they were Muslim before knifing them.
ISIS gleefully claimed responsibility, as they will for any attack of
this nature where there’s even a suggestion of allegiance to or
inspiration from their barbarous group.
Who knows what his exact connection might have been? But the FBI seem pretty firmly of the belief Adan was radicalised too.
How many more of these potential killers are out there, ready to strike
in the name of their warped view of Islam? We don’t know, nobody does.
That’s the problem. And that’s why Donald Trump is damn right to keep
shouting about it, even if some of his comments are unpalatable.
At least he seems to understand the gravity of the situation and is
coming up with plans to try to deal with it.
This week, it emerged the Obama administration wrongly granted
citizenship to over 800 immigrants awaiting deportation from ‘countries
of concern’ because the Department of Homeland Security didn’t have
their fingerprints on file.
The Washington and media elite seems more intent on mocking, belittling
and abusing Trump himself than on such staggering and dangerous
incompetence.
They need to realise he’s not the real enemy here, and that when it
comes to Islamic terror, Trump’s been proven absolutely, horribly right.
SOURCE
******************************
Clinton blames Trump for N.Y., N.J. and Minn. terror attacks
“I don’t want to speculate, but here’s what we know, and I think it’s
important for voters to hear this and weigh it in making their choice in
November. We know that a lot of the rhetoric we’ve heard from Donald
Trump has been seized on by terrorists, in particular ISIS…”
That was Hillary Clinton’s response to an outlandish question on Sept.
19 by Bloomberg Politics reporter Jennifer Epstein on if Islamic State
or Islamic State-inspired terrorists in New York, New Jersey and
Minnesota were a part of a foreign plot to influence the presidential
election. Epstein even added for good measure, “or really any other
group, maybe it’s Russian.”
As if after decades of terrorist attacks aimed at Americans, Islamist
terrorists really needed any more excuses to attack the U.S.
In any event, Clinton didn’t want to speculate, but she proceeded to do
so anyway. In her view, the terrorists want Trump to win the
presidential elections to boost recruitment in response to his calls for
a halt to immigration from nations with a history of terrorism.
Following her logic, a vote for Trump is a vote for terrorism.
I don’t know, maybe the terrorists just hate us, Secretary Clinton?
Then Clinton accused Trump of treason, attributing her thoughts to the
former head of our Counterterrorism Center, Matt Olsen, adding, “[T]he
kinds of language and rhetoric Trump has used is giving aid and comfort
to our adversaries.”
Ludicrous. As if taking stances against Islamist terrorism by focusing
on border security and immigration from countries where terrorists tend
to come from — a proposal of the Trump campaign — are somehow the reason
for terrorist attacks.
In the meantime, real terrorist attacks have actually been enabled by
U.S. immigration policy. For example, the 9/11 hijackers, who killed
more than 3,000 Americans, were in the U.S. legally on student visas. If
they hadn’t been issued visas, they probably would not have been able
to complete the attacks. Pointing that fact out doesn’t cause terrorist
attacks.
The suspect in the most recent New York pressure cooker bombing attack,
Ahmad Khan Rahami, was an Afghan-born immigrant who became a naturalized
citizen. If he hadn’t been issued his visa, he probably couldn’t have
completed his attack either. Pointing this fact out doesn’t cause any
more terrorist attacks.
You know what causes terrorist attacks? Terrorists.
And it is undeniable that many of the major attacks on U.S. soil in recent history have been religiously motivated by Islam.
The 1993 World Trade Center bombing was completed by terrorists who were
or whose families were originally from Pakistan, Egypt, Iraq, and the
West Bank.
The aforementioned 9/11 hijackers were on student visas from Saudi Arabia, Lebanon, United Arab Emirates and Egypt.
The Boston Marathon bombing was completed by the Tsarnaev brothers, who were here on refugee status from Chechnya.
The San Bernardino attacks were by U.S. citizen of Pakastani origin and his wife on a fiancé visa from Saudi Arabia.
The Orlando gay night club attack was by a U.S. citizen of Afghan origin.
The New York bomber was from Afghanistan, and the Minnesota stabber, who
was shot and killed by a former police chief, was a refugee from
Somalia.
Yes, that is not every Islamist terrorist attack. There have been
others. And there have also been many other non-Islamist terrorist
attacks, including Timothy McVeigh and Oklahoma City, the Unabomber and
others.
One can disagree with Trump’s proposed policy that would restrict
immigration from areas of the world with a clear history of terrorism,
where the vast majority of residents are Muslims. Or argue that it would
not stop every attack, which is most certainly true. Those are
reasonable objections to be raised.
But to suggest Trump’s proposal — or even noting the Islamic origins of
the attackers — is somehow the cause of Islamic-inspired terrorist
attacks which go back decades ignores who the real enemy is. And that’s
Islamic State and other terrorist organizations.
These were not Trump protestors. Or Russian agents. Or really trying to
influence the elections. They were ruthless Islamist killers. They want
us dead. Isn’t that enough? This time, it’s a miracle nobody was killed.
Here, Clinton politicized the attacks and immediately blamed her
opponent for what just as likely could have been a national day of
mourning. There’s something sick and twisted about that.
Trump for his part responded to Clinton’s remarks in kind, being far
more explicit, “Today, Hillary Clinton showed again that she will say
anything — and blame anyone — to shift attention away from the weakness
she showed as Secretary of State. The Obama-Clinton doctrine of not
taking ISIS seriously enough has emboldened terrorists all over the
world. They are hoping and praying that Hillary Clinton becomes
President so that they can continue their savagery and murder.”
Which, is about the response you’d expect from Trump. What’s good for
the goose, as the saying goes. If Clinton wants to blame her opponent
for terrorist attacks, that’s fine. For what it’s worth, weakness is
provocative. And it is perfectly legitimate to note the Obama
administration’s failure to put a stop to Islamic State in Iraq long
before the war got to this point as a potential cause for the group’s
continued success. That certainly makes more sense than blaming Trump,
who as a businessman and politician, has wielded no power to affect
policy the past many years.
Here it is Clinton who is missing the mark, and now is sounding rather
outlandish in her assessment of the threats facing the country. To hear
her tell it, it is not Islamic extremist terrorists who pose a danger,
but those who want to keep them out of the country. Nonsense.
SOURCE
***************************
For more blog postings from me, see
TONGUE-TIED,
EDUCATION WATCH INTERNATIONAL,
GREENIE WATCH,
POLITICAL CORRECTNESS WATCH,
AUSTRALIAN POLITICS, and
Paralipomena (Occasionally updated), a
Coral reef compendium and
an IQ compendium. (Both updated as news items come in).
GUN WATCH is now mainly put together by Dean Weingarten. I also put up occasional updates on my
Personal blog and each day I gather together my most substantial current writings on
A WESTERN HEART.
Email me
here (Hotmail address). My Home Pages are
here (Academic) or
here (Pictorial) or
here (Personal)
***************************
21 September, 2016
Famous last words
DeBlasio would seem to have egg on his face now that Ahmad Khan
Rahami has been arrested in connection with the Chelsea bombing.
But Leftists have hides like Rhinoceroses so he is probably untroubled
New York City Mayor Bill de Blasio, evidently fearing negative optics
regarding the latest terror bombing, said, "We ... want to be upfront
saying that there is no evidence at this point of a terror connection to
this incident. This is preliminary information. It's something we will
be investigating very carefully, but there is no evidence at this point
of a terror connection." While de Blasio did acknowledge that it was "an
intentional act," his claiming there is no "terror connection" is
simply asinine. As the investigation unfolds, Americans will learn who
is responsible for these acts of terror — jihadis. But Democrats like
Obama and de Blasio seem more concerned about Americans' perception of
terrorists than actual Islamists and their hateful violence.
SOURCE
*******************************
Leftmedia's Racial Bias
According to the Leftmedia, Donald Trump is the modern example of a
bigoted racist. Story upon story go after Trump for such things as David
Duke’s endorsement, which Trump rejected, or Trump’s call to limit
immigration from Islamic countries or his plan to build a wall on the
U.S. southern border. But which side is most responsible for injecting
racism into the campaign?
On Saturday Barack Obama told the Congressional Black Caucus Foundation,
“There’s no such thing as a vote that doesn’t matter. It all matters,
and after we have achieved historic turnout in 2008 and 2012, especially
in the African-American community, I will consider it a personal
insult, an insult to my legacy, if this community lets down its guard
and fails to activate itself in this election. You want to give me a
good sendoff? Go vote!” In other words, if you’re black and you don’t
vote for Hillary Clinton because Obama supports her, then you are
insulting him. This statement is blatantly racist, yet there are no
accusations from the media of Obama being a racist.
The New York Times on Monday ran a story with the following headline:
“White Voters Keep Trump’s Hopes Alive in Must-Win Florida.” Once again,
the media is fixated on maintaining a carefully crafted image that
implies racism because a majority of Trump’s supporters are white.
As Dallas police sergeant Demetrick Pennie has recognized with his
lawsuit against Black Lives Matter and other prominent liberal black
leaders including Barack Obama for inciting violence against law
enforcement, it is not Donald Trump who is responsible for inciting
racial polarization but liberals with their obsession on viewing all
political perspectives through the lens of race.
SOURCE
**************************
Banks and Banksters: Too Big to Fail or Jail?
There's one set of laws for the ruling class elitists and another set for us "deplorables."
In 2008, when a combination of government mandates severely compounded
by Wall Street greed nearly blew up the world’s financial system,
Congress and the Bush administration conjured up the $700 billion
Troubled Asset Relief Program (TARP) to save institutions deemed “too
big to fail.” Ever since, too big to fail has rendered large financial
institutions, and the executives that run them, virtually immune from
criminal prosecution. And nothing speaks more forcefully to this reality
than the latest scandal perpetrated by Wells Fargo.
Two weeks ago, federal regulators revealed the country’s third-largest
bank spent the last five years opening 1.5 million bank accounts and
565,000 credit card accounts without customer permission. A staggering
5,300 employees were involved in the scam that included using a
customer’s personal information from a legitimate account to open a
bogus one and moving money from one to the other. Workers even created
fake email addresses and PIN numbers to facilitate the corruption.
The reason? They were trying to meet sales quotas, even though this
practice, known as “sandbagging,” resulted in $50 fines for the
customer.
Wells Fargo’s punishment? The 5,300 employees were terminated, and the
bank paid a $185 million fine levied by officials at the Consumer
Financial Protection Bureau (CFPB), which boasted that “Wells Fargo is
paying the largest penalty the CFPB has ever imposed” since its creation
following the financial meltdown.
Yet those officials didn’t mention a despicable reality revealed by The
New York Times, which explained the deal “was classic Wall Street.” In
short, no matter how egregious the activity, many cases are settled
“without a bank having to admit doing anything wrong.”
Enter Wells Fargo Chief Executive John Stumpf, who offered the standard
faux-mea culpa. “Our goal is to get it right with every customer 100% of
the time,” he stated. “When we fall short of that goal, I feel
accountable and our leadership team feels accountable — and we want all
our stakeholders to know that.”
Feeling accountable? Stumpf and his senior management team have suffered
no consequences whatsoever for the bank’s malfeasance. And adding
insult to injury, Carrie Tolstedt, the Wells Fargo executive who ran the
phony accounts unit she resigned from the firm in July, received a
$124.6 million golden parachute. At the time, Stumpf referred to
Tolstedt as “a standard-bearer of our culture” and “a champion for our
customers.”
Champion sandbagger is more like it.
Moreover, those boastful CFPB officials apparently looked the other way.
“Regulators never determined the extent of Tolstedt’s knowledge about
the abuse, and she was never named directly in the lawsuits brought over
it,” reports the New York Daily News. “But she took over the division
in 2008, meaning she oversaw it for the entirety of the racket.”
Even worse, this racket was exposed three years ago by Los Angeles Times
reporter E. Scott Reckard, who chronicled the frenzied level of
company-pressured “cross-selling” and the concomitant threats of
termination that battered employee morale to the point where it led to
ethical breaches. “To meet quotas, employees have opened unneeded
accounts for customers, ordered credit cards without customers'
permission and forged client signatures on paperwork,” he revealed.
Three years later, Americans are supposed to believe this scam was the
sole handiwork of middle management and staffers, “some of whom were
being paid as little as $10 an hour,” as the Chicago Sun Times put it.
Hopefully it won’t fly. Tomorrow, Stumpf is scheduled to appear at a
Senate Banking Committee hearing that will focus on Wells Fargo’s sales
practices. While he’s there, maybe he’ll be asked to explain how his
insistence there was no incentive to perpetrate this fraud squares with a
series of videos — many of which were posted in 2011 — blasting those
sales incentives.
Even more important — maybe — the Department of Justice has issued
subpoenas to Wells Fargo. Maybe because the DOJ has yet to characterize
its involvement as a criminal investigation, without which any
subsequent penalties will amount to the aforementioned “classic Wall
Street” outcome. And maybe because the DOJ’s track record is utterly
dismal in that regard. As Fortune revealed in 2013, despite a total of
$62.2 billion in fines paid by the nation’s six largest banks over three
years, and another $24.7 billion needed to settle pending lawsuits, not
a single bank has had to admit any wrongdoing, and not one dollar of
these billions in fines has been paid by any bank executive.
It was shareholders who took all the hits.
Why? The title of a report prepared by the Republican staff of the House
Financial Services Committee and issued on July 11 says it all. “Too
Big to Jail” reveals the depredation of British banking giant HSBC,
which laundered nearly $900 million for drug traffickers and processed
transactions for Cuba, Iran, Libya, Sudan and Myanmar/Burma, despite
them being subject to U.S. sanctions. HSBC paid a $2 billion fine — and
the DOJ granted the bank a “deferred prosecution” arrangement that
amounts to a delay, or no prosecution whatsoever, because it promised to
change its behavior.
That would be the same HSBC whose clients donated $81 million to the
Clinton Foundation. The same HSBC that in 2013 appointed as a Director
of HSBC Holdings … current FBI Director James Comey.
“Back in 2008, the smart people said we had to bail out the banks —
because if we didn’t, we’d get an economic catastrophe,” writes New York
Post columnist Nicole Gelinas. “Maybe. We know what we did get:
generations of voters, liberal and conservative, who are disillusioned
with capitalism. They can see that the chief of Wells Fargo gets $19.3
million annually to preside over systemic fraud, while they get blots on
their credit reports.”
We also know what we didn’t get: Not a single resignation required in
exchange for the $700 billion taxpayer-funded TARP bailout. Thus, it’s
not just the banks the ruling class considers too big to fail. The
bankers themselves who ran the system into the ground also remain
conspicuously immune from anything resembling genuine accountability.
In an appearance on CNBC’s “Mad Money,” Stumpf resisted the suggestion
he should resign, telling host Jim Cramer the best thing he could do now
is provide leadership for his company.
Really? Stumpf became chairman of Wells Fargo in 2010. Under his
“leadership” between then and now, the bank has paid out billions of
dollars in fines and lawsuit settlements related to a host of
infractions that include fraud, reckless underwriting, improper
certification of home loans, and illegal student loan servicing
practices.
This nation remains divided over a host of issues. But one suspects an
overwhelming majority of Americans on both sides of the political divide
are thoroughly disgusted with the reality that there appears to be one
set of laws for the ruling class elitists and another set for the rest
of us “deplorables.” Few things would restore a sense of justice more
effectively than tossing the odious concepts of too big to fail and too
big to jail on the ash heap of history.
The alternative? Abiding criminal activity mitigated solely by fines.
Fines large financial institutions see as little more than the cost of
doing business.
SOURCE
*****************************
Sanctuary cities kill
Kate Steinle, a 32-year-old San Franciscan women, was murdered by an
undocumented immigrant living in the city illegally in July of 2015. Now
her family blames more than just her murderer Juan Francisco
Lopez-Sanchez, Kate’s family has decided to sue the city for being an
“sanctuary city”.
The lawsuit writes that “Kate’s death was both foreseeable and
preventable had the law enforcement agencies, officials and/or officers
involved simply followed the laws, regulations and/or procedures which
they swore to uphold.”
By definition, these sanctuary cities are known to defy the law in order
to provide a safe haven for illegal immigrants living in the United
States. However, this also provides no protection in situations like
Kate’s, where Juan had been a repeat felony offender and deported 5
times after illegal activity aside from his residence.
These safety cities for illegal immigrants have now taken center stage
on the immigration debate. The issue was brought to the Senate floor by
Pennsylvania Republican Pat Toomey in July to strip funding from
sanctuary cities, however; Democrats united to protect the cities
claiming the legislation does not provide a “real solution to our broken
immigration system.”
Later, Donald Trump made it one of the pillars of his immigration agenda
on the campaign trail. At a Phoenix, Arizona rally on August 31, 2016,
Trump discussed the importance of working with Congress to prevent
taxpayer money from funding institutions which are not following through
on their simple promises to citizens-to enforce the law.
Trump noted “Cities that refuse to cooperate with federal authorities
will not receive taxpayer dollars, and we will work with Congress to
pass legislation to protect those jurisdictions that do assist federal
authorities… Block funding for sanctuary cities… We will end the
sanctuary cities that have resulted in so many needless deaths.”
Sanctuary cities are committing far more than an act against federal
law. According to the Washington Post of July 2016, from 2004 to 2012
sanctuary cities generated agreements between local and federal law
enforcement to keep illegal immigrants in U.S. prisons after completing
time served for crimes in order to provide shelter and resources to
stall deportation and provide an opportunity to fight immigration court.
Often passing the “prisoners” from prison to prison without providing
family notice or legal counsel, only to eventually release the illegal
immigrant back into society.
However, this plan has been criticized as an obvious violation of
international human rights accords and simply a method to keep and
rerelease illegal immigrants. Without consequence for a lack of
adherence to federal law, cities were able to commit any number of legal
violations they desired.
Federal immigration law becomes absolutely purposeless without state and
local adherence to the policies. Even in situations where cities tried
to imprison illegal immigrants without warrant to protect against
deportation, human rights violations ran rampant. Sanctuary cities must
be discovered and punished for their lack of accountability, if they are
not any possibility of immigration reform will be a lost cause.
SOURCE
***************************
For more blog postings from me, see
TONGUE-TIED,
EDUCATION WATCH INTERNATIONAL,
GREENIE WATCH,
POLITICAL CORRECTNESS WATCH,
AUSTRALIAN POLITICS, and
Paralipomena (Occasionally updated), a
Coral reef compendium and
an IQ compendium. (Both updated as news items come in).
GUN WATCH is now mainly put together by Dean Weingarten. I also put up occasional updates on my
Personal blog and each day I gather together my most substantial current writings on
A WESTERN HEART.
Email me
here (Hotmail address). My Home Pages are
here (Academic) or
here (Pictorial) or
here (Personal)
***************************
20 September, 2016
Children born with big heads have higher IQs and thus a better chance of a successful future
The connection between larger head size and higher IQ is well-known
but is usually given as a correlation around .3. But in this very careful research
it came out at .5, which is a major effect. Interestingly,
autistic people tend to have big heads too, and they often have quite
extraordinary abilities in some field. The study mentioned below
was not confined to head size. It looked at many physical
attributes -- and many were intertwined with IQ and achievement.
IQ is a physical reality and an important one. All men are not
equal
Babies with big heads are more likely to be clever and have successful
futures, a study has shown. Research carried out by UK Biobank has
strongly linked higher intelligence with large head circumferences and
brain volume.
Half a million Brits are being monitored by the charity to discover the
connection between their genes, their physical and mental health and
their path through life.
The latest evidence is the first finding to emerge from the study that
aims to break down the relationship between brain function and DNA.
Researchers in a paper published by the Molecular Psychiatry journal
said: 'Highly significant associations were observed between the
cognitive test scores in the UK Biobank sample and many polygenic
profile scores, including . . . intracranial volume, infant head
circumference and childhood cognitive ability.'
Professor Ian Deary, of Edinburgh University, who is leading the
research, said gene variants were also strongly associated with
intelligence, according to The Times.
The new evidence is so accurate that experts claim it could even predict
how likely it was that a baby would go to university based on their
DNA.
SOURCE
****************************
House conservatives are winning
If one listens to the narrative advanced by rent-seeking, parasitic
Washington political establishment, conservatives were “trounced,” as
one publication put it, in Republican congressional primaries this
cycle. This narrative could not be further from the truth.
Certainly, there were some disappointments in this election cycle. The
loss of Rep. Tim Huelskamp (R-Kan.), one of the most principled
conservative members of the House, was a huge blow. Of course, the U.S.
Chamber of Commerce and other crony special interests spent heavily to
boost his moderate Republican primary opponent.
Former Speaker John Boehner (R-Ohio), who, rather than be spurned by the
conservative members of his conference and lose his the speakership,
resigned his House seat. He may have toasted a glass of red wine when
Rep. Huelskamp lost, but this old House seat is now in the hands of a
member of the House Freedom Caucus, Rep. Warren Davidson (R-Ohio).
The House Freedom Caucus’ win in Boehner’s backyard was not the only
victory for conservatives in 2016. Principled conservatives like Sen.
Mike Lee (R-Utah) and Reps. Thomas Massie (R-Ky.), Mark Meadows
(R-N.C.), and Dave Brat (R-Va.) avoided primary challenges by sticking
to their limited government, constitutionalist principles.
Rep. Paul Gosar (R-Ariz.) won more than 71 percent of the vote against
his establishment-backed primary challenger, despite more than $500,000
in outside spending against him, proving that the model that may have
worked in one race may not work in another. In Arizona’s 5th District,
Andy Biggs won the Republican primary over a challenger favored by the
D.C. political elite.
Conservatives are playing the long game, not that the House Republican
leadership and the self-important pundit class have noticed. The fact of
the matter is, we are winning. Although success may not always be
defined by year-by-year primary election results, conservatives are
advancing the ball down the field, a few yards at a time.
In the 1990s, there were only a handful of House conservatives --
including Reps. John Shadegg (R-Ariz.), Ron Paul (R-Texas), and Steve
Largent (R-Okla.) -- who stuck to their principles when under pressure
from Republican leadership. Today, we can count on the nearly 40-member
House Freedom Caucus, as well as several other conservatives who aren’t
members of the group, who consistently stay true to the limited
government values.
The influence and importance of conservatives in the House Republican
Conference is increasing, and, as the United States’ fiscal challenges
continue to grow and the expansive federal bureaucracy strangles
entrepreneurs with red tape, the power they wield to move the GOP in a
pro-economic growth direction is happening at the right time.
Another definition of success is a shift in the voting habits of
Republican incumbents. The very same publication which declared that
conservatives were “trounced” during this election cycle noted that
conservative challengers are “making [Republican incumbents] think
harder about their primaries, and making them work harder to keep their
base happy than in the recent past.” Although this particular point was
made in reference to current members of the Senate Republican
Conference, the same is true of House Republican incumbents.
Evolution is not an overnight process. It takes time. What the evolution
of congressional Republicans has showed is that conservatives have more
influence than ever before. That doesn’t mean that challenges, both
electoral and legislative, won’t arise. And, of course, evolution is a
slow process. With every passing moment, the national debt continues to
rise, the regulatory state continues to grow, and rent-seeking,
parasitic special interests are concocting the next scheme in their
playbook to try to defeat principled conservatives in Congress.
In order to preserve the Republic, we absolutely must work to defend and
strengthen conservatism on Capitol Hill and speed up the evolutionary
process.
SOURCE
*******************************
Meet the Alt-Left
Alt-right is becoming a term of soft bigotry whereas “alt-left”
accurately describes the political ideology of today’s Democratic Party.
A strong offense is the best defense when fighting bullies. Today, our
offense is to turn Hillary’s words against her. She and her ilk are the
alternative-left. They have fallen away from the pragmatic Democratic
ideals of John F. Kennedy and embraced a radical “power at any cost”
fringe philosophy of Saul Alinsky and Bill Ayers.
Alt-Left Extremist Behavior:
Here are a few examples of the radical measures that today’s Democratic
Party supports that indicate they have morphed into a fringe group:
1.) Ignoring Science: “Science-denier” is the modern Democrat’s middle
name. Hillary Clinton opposed the construction of the Keystone Pipeline
even though her own State Department thrice declared it to be
environmentally safe.
2.) Pretending States Don’t Exist: Obama’s administration sued Arizona
forexercising its own immigration laws; North Carolina over its bathroom
laws. Obama’s administration also used aggressive and excessive
measures to challenge California’s state authority on medical
marijuana.
3.) Coddling Thugs, Killing Free Speech: Syed Rizwan Farook and Tashfeen
Malik stormed a gun free zone in San Bernardino, CA last
December—fatally shooting 14 individuals and injuring 24. U.S.
Attorney General Loretta Lynch threatened to prosecute anyone who dared
say anything that could be in any way construed as anti-Muslim—despite
Farook and Malik being radicalized jihadist Muslims.
4.) Crushing Bakeries and Pizzerias: Obama doesn’t think you can build a
layered wedding cake “on your own” let alone open your own bakery. So,
it’s not entirely surprising that his administration wouldn’t intervene
when alt-left protesters put a bakery out of business when the owner
practiced her 1st Amendment right to free speech.
5.) No ID to Vote: You must show an ID to withdraw cash from a bank; buy
cigarettes; purchase alcohol; patronize a bar or dance club; buy ammo;
or use your credit card at the U.S. Post Office—but the government
doesn’t want to know who is voting. Could politicians want to hide their
attempts to buy votes from illegal immigrants?
6.) Double Standards: If a Marine had access to classified material, he
or she would be Court-Martialed for failing to follow basic security
procedures with that material. If that Marine deleted tens of thousands
of potentially jeopardized emails before turning over her emails to the
FBI, she would likely spend a decade in jail. Not Hillary Clinton! She’s
the Queen of the Alt-Left, which means she’s above the law.
7.) Normalizing Child Abuse: “As president, I will always have your
back,” Hillary recently told Planned Parenthood. Democrats support using
taxpayer dollars to fund the murder of a baby during the final months
of pregnancy (partial-birth abortion) despite the baby showing signs of
life and viability. In this objectively cruel procedure, the baby’s
scull is punctured with a sharp surgical tool and its brain is
suctioned, inducing the collapse of the baby’s scull and ultimately the
child’s death.
8.) Security Blankets for College Students: Democrats want taxpayers to
subsidize “safe spaces” so that students do not encounter intellectual
diversity. The alt-left wants us to bankroll silly laws (think
California Gov. Jerry Brown’s “Just Say No” law designed to stop rape on
college campuses) that prevent students from exercising their 2nd
Amendment right to carry concealed. Result: college students cry and
stamp their feet when a professor corrects their grammar errors. Yes,
this happened at the University of California at Los
Angeles.
SOURCE
*****************************
12 Hours of Terror: Just Another Weekend in Leftist-run America
We live in a country run by people who tell us that if a man puts on a
dress and says he’s a woman we are supposed to take him at his word.
But, if a man goes on a murderous rampage in the name of Allah, and ISIS
claims responsibility, we shouldn’t draw conclusions.
The weak and ridiculous position in which we find ourselves did not
happen on its own. Americans selected this band of leftist fools who
have zero aptitude for dealing with terrorism. A quote from King
Solomon, the wisest earthly leader to ever grace the planet comes to
mind:
“As dead flies give perfume to a bad smell, so a little folly
outweighs wisdom and honor. The heart of the wise inclines to the right,
but the heart of the fool to the left. Even as fools walk along the
road, they lack sense and show everyone how stupid they are.”
(Ecclesiastes 10:1-3)
Thanks to those whose hearts incline “to the left,” the terrorism which
was once a rarity in America can happen anytime and anywhere.
And does. In a 12-hour span over the weekend, we saw that it is not safe
to shop in a mall in Minnesota, or run a 5k in New Jersey or walk in
New York City without risk of terrorism.
“Rest assured,” they tell us, “justice will be served.” Of course, they
are always quick to remind us to not make assumptions. Heaven forbid we
offend someone’s sensibilities.
Fox News reports ISIS claimed responsibility for the shopping mall
stabbing spree saying the attacker “asked at least one victim whether
they were Muslim and referenced Allah.” The group posted this public
statement on AMAQ, a news agency known for speaking for ISIS: “The
executor of the stabbing attacks in Minnesota yesterday was a soldier of
the Islamic State and carried out the operation in response to calls to
target the citizens of countries belonging to the crusader coalition.”
Apparently, this information wasn’t enough for the FBI to draw
conclusions about the motive of the stabber which the Somali-American
community in St. Cloud quickly identified as Dahir Adan.
According to the St. Cloud Times: “Like the police, Minnesota FBI
spokesman Kyle Loven declined to say Sunday if investigators believe the
attack was a terrorist act.” Nor was it enough for Police Chief William
Blair Anderson who “pointedly declined to call the attacks an act
of terrorism, saying the motive isn’t yet known,” reports a local
paper.
Meanwhile, in New Jersey, a pipe bomb-like explosive device detonated
along the route of a 5k charity race to help Marines and sailors, and in
New York City, 29 people were injured when an improvised explosive
device went off in a Manhattan neighborhood. Business Insider
reports that after the explosion, officials later found a “pressure
cooker with an apparent mobile phone attached to it and wires
protruding.”
And the mayor overly obsessed with controlling what New Yorkers eat immediately called the bombing “a very serious incident.”
Later at a press conference a reporter grilled Mayor Bill de
Blasio asking, “How can you say there is no link to terrorism when the
Inspire magazine published instructions on how to build one of these
pressure-cooker bombs, like the one used in the Boston Marathon
bombing?” De Blasio dug in his heels, saying it was “a very serious
incident,” and reiterating “we have a lot more work to do to be able to
say what kind of motivation was behind this…”
Apparently, the mayor couldn’t get his sodium-free tongue to utter the
word “terror,” proving to us just how true the Bible verse is: “Even as
fools walk along the road, they lack sense and show everyone how stupid
they are.”
SOURCE
Note
A bearded person known as Ahmad Khan Rahami, is being sought in
connection with the Chelsea bombing. That sounds like an Irish
name to me. What do you think?
There is a new lot of postings by
Chris Brand just up -- about Muslims, free speech and IQ
***************************
For more blog postings from me, see
TONGUE-TIED,
EDUCATION WATCH INTERNATIONAL,
GREENIE WATCH,
POLITICAL CORRECTNESS WATCH,
AUSTRALIAN POLITICS, and
Paralipomena (Occasionally updated), a
Coral reef compendium and
an IQ compendium. (Both updated as news items come in).
GUN WATCH is now mainly put together by Dean Weingarten. I also put up occasional updates on my
Personal blog and each day I gather together my most substantial current writings on
A WESTERN HEART.
Email me
here (Hotmail address). My Home Pages are
here (Academic) or
here (Pictorial) or
here (Personal)
***************************
19 September, 2016
"Ethical Socialism"
I owe the excerpt from Oswald Spengler below to statistician Briggs.
It is indeed interesting. Spengler was a popular German thinker
of the early 20th century. He thought that European civilization
had just about reached its limit and was bound to fall while some other
civilization arose. The gutless reaction to Islamic hostility in
the Western world today certainly does bring Spengler to mind.
And
it is notable that Spengler identifies socialism as the power-hungry
but ultimately nihilistic force that is destroying the countries it
dominates. His diagnosis of socialism as inherently totalitarian
has certainly been borne out by subsequent events in Russia and Germany.
But
in an indirect way, Spengler was responsible for the rise of
Nazism. He never was a Nazi and rejected its antisemitism but his
diagnosis of his own society as dying from its own weakness and
lack of self-confidence did plant in people's minds the hope that a
strong leader would emerge who would restore the national will and
self-confidence -- make it great again -- and thus rescue
European civilization from its decline. And we all know who came
along in Germany to offer just that.
Hitler was of course an idol
who had feet of clay but it is not unreasonable to hope that a new
leader with fewer flaws could arise. And that seems to be where we
are now. No matter how often Muslim terrorists murder us, our
Left-dominated leaders refuse to do anything about it. And the
rise of Trump has exposed the great discontent among the people about
the lack of reaction to Islamic supremacism.
Trump is also far
from a perfect saviour but he seems to be the only saviour we've
got. A successful American businessman and an undistinguished
Austrian artist are very different people so very different things are
to be expected from them. What we get may not be ideal but it may
include what we need.
But the rescue we need is NOT from
Islam. As Spengler foresaw, it is from the ever more powerful
Left. There is no lack of patriotic pride and civilizational
confidence among ordinary Americans. It is the Left who are
keeping a lid on it rather than proclaiming and defending it.
There is nothing wrong with America and Americans. It is only the
Leftist and Left-dominated parasites riding on its back that are the
problem. Reagan neutered them for a while but they have
regrouped. Trump is our best hope of purging their influence and
hitting back at Islam
In spite of its foreground appearances, ethical Socialism is not a
system of compassion, humanity, peace and kindly care, but one of
will-to-power. Any other reading of it is illusory. The Stoic takes the
world as he finds it, but the Socialist wants to organize and recast it
in form and substance, to fill it with his own spirit. The Stoic adapts
himself, the Socialist commands. He would have the whole would take the
shape he desires, thus transferring the idea of the Critique of Pure
Reason into the ethical field.
This is the ultimate meaning of the Categorical Imperative, which he
brings to bear in political, social and economic matters alike—act as
thought the maxims that you practise were to become by your will the law
for all. And this tyrannical tendency is not absent from even the
shallowest phenomena of the time. It is not attitude and mien, but
activity that is to be given form. As in China and Egypt, life only
counts insofar as it is deed. And it is mechanicalizing of the organic
concept of Deed that leads to the concept of work as commonly
understood, the civilized form of Faustian effecting.
Apollian man looked back to a Golden Age; this relieved him of the
trouble of thinking upon what was still to come. The Socialist feels the
Future as his task and aim, and accounts the happiness of the moment as
worthless in comparison. The Classical spirit, with its oracles and its
omens, wants only to know the future, but the Westerner would shape it.
The Third Kingdom is the Germanic ideal. From Joachim of Floris to
Nietzsche and Ibsen—arrows of yearning to the other bank, as the
Zarathustra says—every great man has linked his life to an eternal
morning.
And here Socialism becomes tragic. It is of the deepest significance
that Nietzsche, so completely clear and sure in dealing with what should
be destroyed, what transvalued, loses himself in nebulous generalities
as soon as he comes to discuss the Whither, the Aim. His criticism of
decadence is unanswerable, but his theory of the Superman is a castle in
the air.
And therein lies a deep necessity; for, from Rousseau onwards, Faustian
man has nothing more to hope for in anything pertaining to the grand
style of Life. Something has come to an end. The Northern soul has
exhausted its inner possibilities, and of the dynamic force and
insistence that had exposed itself in world-historical visions of the
future—visions of a millennial scope—nothing remains but the mere
pressure, the passionate desire to create, the form without the content.
The soul was Will and nothing but Will. It needed an aim for its
Columbus-longing; it had to give its inherent activity at least the
illusion of a meaning and an object. And so the keener critic will find a
trace of Hjalmar Ekdal in all modernity, even its highest phenomena.
Ibsen called it the lie of life.
For deep down beneath it all is the gloomy feeling, not to be repressed,
that all this hectic zeal is the despairing self-deception of a soul
that may not and cannot rest. This is the tragic situation—the inversion
of the Hamlet motive—and a thread of it runs through the entire fabric
of Socialism, political, economic and ethical, which forces itself to
ignore the annihilating seriousness of its own final implications, so as
to keep alive the illusion of the historical necessity of its own
existence.
**************************
IQ rediscovered yet again. You can't suppress reality for long
They account for around one per cent of the population and much of their
success has been put down to dedication and perseverance.
But new studies are now challenging the notion that extremely intelligent children earn their achievements through hard work.
Instead, they suggest that they may have a genetic advantage from birth, and that success is built on this early head-start.
Two clusters of genes have been found that are directly linked to human intelligence.
Called M1 and M3, these 'gene networks' appear to determine how smart a
person is by controlling their memory, attention, processing speed and
reasoning.
Crucially, scientists have also discovered that these two networks -
which each contain hundreds of genes - are likely to be under the
control of master regulator switches.
Researchers from Imperial College London are now keen to identify these
switches and explore whether it might be feasible to manipulate them.
The research is at a very early stage, but the scientists would
ultimately like to investigate whether it is possible to use this
knowledge of gene networks to boost cognitive function.
The investigators analysed thousands of genes expressed in the human
brain, and then combined these results with genetic information from
healthy people who had undergone IQ tests.
Remarkably, they found that some of the same genes that influence human
intelligence in healthy people were also the same genes that cause
impaired cognitive ability and epilepsy when mutated.
In the US, there are several universities that look out for early talent
and have been tracking where high-achieving children end up.
Their results show that those who succeed have an early cognitive
advantage.
Johns Hopkins University in Maryland runs a talent programme which is
open to adolescents who scored in the top one per cent in maths and
English. Notable alumni include Mark Zuckerburg, founder of
Facebook, and Lady Gaga.
While many of the children on this programme have gone on to achieve
great things, Jonathan Wai, a psychologist in the Talent Identification
Programme at Duke University in North Carolina, wanted to test whether
childhood aptitude was a guide to success in general.
He looked at five subsets of the US elite – federal judges,
billionaires, Fortune 500 chief executives and members of the Senate and
House of Representatives. He found that in each subset, those in the
top one per cent of ability were over-represented.
While these people could have pushy parents, or have attended top
schools, Mr Wai argues that environment factors alone cannot account for
success.....
While these studies do suggest that intelligence has a high genetic
basis, education and opportunity could still lead to success for those
without a strong genetic basis.
SOURCE
****************************
Did the bank bailouts really save the free market system?
Eight years ago, on September 15, Lehman Brothers failed, starting a
rapid series of events that resulted in the bank bailouts and the
country has not been the same in so many ways.
While President George W. Bush famously said that he, “abandoned free
market principles to save the free market system” explaining his
decision to bail out Wall Street, General Motors and other failing
entities. But did he save it, and if so, for who?
General Motors for its part, emboldened by its debt-free balance sheet
invested in new factories in China and is now importing a mid-sized
crossover SUV known as the Envision. Meanwhile Flint, Michigan, which
used to be known as Buick City, finds itself struggling as a city left
behind, more known as a place which messed up its drinking water
treatment than for its auto legacy.
The banks have largely pulled out of the tailspin, but after bailing
them out, the Obama Justice Department has been busily suing the
survivors and winning massive awards with the big winners being local
advocacy groups who have been cut into a big piece of the pie, even
though they were not harmed in any way. Investor’s Business Daily
reports, “Radical Democrat activist groups stand to collect millions
from Attorney General Eric Holder’s record $17 billion deal to settle
alleged mortgage abuse charges against Bank of America. Buried in the
fine print of the deal, which includes $7 billion in soft-dollar
consumer relief, are a raft of political payoffs to Obama constituency
groups. In effect, the government has ordered the nation’s largest bank
to create a massive slush fund for Democrat special interests.”
This creation of a well-funded new network of housing advocacy groups,
exactly like the discredited ACORN which served as the community
organizers who encouraged people with next to no ability to take out
loans to buy first or sometimes even bigger homes.
Since the 2008 bailout, the labor participation of workers between the
ages of 16-64 has continued to drop and millions more workers have
increasingly been shifted to the service economy, or what’s left of it.
Those who can’t make it wash out of the economy altogether.
But perhaps most significantly, the banking collapse and subsequent
bailout led to eight years of President Obama’s constantly pulling at
the threads of America finding the frayed edges and sowing discontent
wherever possible.
America today is less confident and surefooted about the future
economically and abroad, and while it can’t all be attributed to the
bank crisis, it was this seminal event that threw us collectively off
balance. Our economic lives tossed about due to events that were
not only out of our control, but were not understandable.
Eight years ago today, Lehman Brothers fell, starting a domino effect
which continues to this day with persistent minimal economic growth
numbers and unemployment numbers dependent upon people dropping out of
the economy to be maintained.
Oh what an eight years it has been.
SOURCE
***************************
For more blog postings from me, see
TONGUE-TIED,
EDUCATION WATCH INTERNATIONAL,
GREENIE WATCH,
POLITICAL CORRECTNESS WATCH,
AUSTRALIAN POLITICS, and
Paralipomena (Occasionally updated), a
Coral reef compendium and
an IQ compendium. (Both updated as news items come in).
GUN WATCH is now mainly put together by Dean Weingarten. I also put up occasional updates on my
Personal blog and each day I gather together my most substantial current writings on
A WESTERN HEART.
Email me
here (Hotmail address). My Home Pages are
here (Academic) or
here (Pictorial) or
here (Personal)
***************************
18 September, 2016
Ford moving all production of small cars from U.S. to Mexico
This announcement has produced a lot of criticism so I thought I
might mention the reason for it. The reason is that small car
production is extremely competitive -- and becoming more so as China
enters the market. So Ford needs a cost saving to compete with the
Asian manufacturers. Otherwise sales of small Fords could
nosedive, which would throw American workers out of work anyway.
And the benefit to the consumer of the move is a reduced price for their
small car buy.
I agree that there can be social reasons why
moving production may be undesirable but in this case no American
workers will lose work so I can't see any reasonable objection to
the Ford move. If Trump does put a tariff on imports from Mexico
he will simply be giving the entire small car market to Asian producers,
notably China. Does he really want that? Ford's profits
will mainly go to America. China's profits will go to China
Ford Motor said Wednesday it is shifting all of its U.S. small car
production to Mexico, a development that drew fresh criticism from
Republican presidential nominee Donald Trump.
Ford's declaration came as CEO Mark Fields sought to appeal to investors.
"Over the next two to three years, we will have migrated all of our
small car production to Mexico and out of the United
States," Fields told a meeting in Dearborn, Mich., where the
company is based.
But the new development played perfectly for Trump, who was campaigning
in Michigan, the traditional home to the nation's auto industry. As
recently as April, he blasted Ford's plans to move production to Mexico
as an "absolute disgrace." And on Wednesday, he picked up the beat again
as he visited Flint, which has been hard hit by the loss of auto worker
jobs.
"We shouldn’t allow it to happen. They’ll make their cars, they’ll
employ thousands of people, not from this country, and they’ll sell
their car across the border," Trump said. "When we send our jobs out of
Michigan, we’re also sending our tax base."
In Michigan, Ford's announcement didn't come as a great surprise. Ford
has said it continues to invest heavily in its U.S. plants and isn't
cutting jobs here. Last fall, the automaker made a commitment to invest
$9 billion in U.S. plants, with about half going to 11 facilities in
Michigan. The deal created or retained more than 8,500 jobs as part of a
new four-year contract with the United Auto Workers union, a net
increase in the U.S.
Still, UAW President Dennis Williams has repeatedly blasted Ford and other automakers for investing so much money in Mexico.
"There is no reason, mathematically, to go ahead and run to countries
like Mexico, Thailand and Taiwan," Williams said earlier this year. "We
all recognize there is a huge problem in Mexico. So we have to address
it as a nation. The UAW cannot do it alone. We are not naive."
SOURCE
****************************
Explaining Donald Trump's Penny Plan for Non-Defense Spending
Much of the attention in Thursday's remarks by Republican presidential
candidate Donald Trump has focused on his revised tax plan, but another
new policy could have significant effects on the budget: applying the
"Penny Plan" to certain domestic spending. This plan would gradually
reduce the caps on non-defense discretionary (NDD) spending by shrinking
them 1 percent per year (as opposed to allowing them to grow roughly
with inflation) and doing the same to certain other mandatory
non-defense spending. By our estimates, applying the Penny Plan to the
NDD caps alone would save roughly $630 billion but would shrink the NDD
budget by roughly one-quarter within a decade.
The Penny Plan has been proposed before, including by Representative
Connie Mack (R-FL) and Senate Budget Committee Chair Mike Enzi (R-WY) in
Congress and by former presidential candidates Ben Carson and Senator
Rand Paul (R-KY) during the Republican presidential primary. The basic
idea behind the Penny Plan is straightforward: it would reduce spending
by 1 percent per year in nominal dollars, so that, for example, $100
billion of spending would decline to $99 billion the next year, then
$98.01 billion the following year, and so on. Over time, a 1 percent
reduction would represent a significant reduction in spending relative
to current law, where average spending is projected to grow by over 4
percent per year. Indeed, the traditional version of the Penny Plan
would lead to potentially drastic cuts since it would be working against
rising health costs and an aging population.
Unlike the traditional version, Trump's Penny Plan would only apply cuts
to a subset of the budget, most of which is already capped and not
growing particularly rapidly. Specifically, he would apply the Penny
Plan to the NDD caps and select non-defense, non-entitlement, and
non-safety net spending. The campaign claims this could save $1 trillion
over ten years – a bit higher than our estimates, but not dramatically
so.
This year, NDD budget authority (the amount of new obligations federal
agencies can make) was capped at $518 billion, and under current law,
this cap is scheduled to remain roughly flat for the next two years then
increase roughly with inflation each year after that, reaching $627
billion in 2026. Under Trump's plan, spending would instead decline one
percent each year to $469 billion by 2026 for total ten-year BA savings
of nearly $740 billion. Since the plan affects growth rates, the cuts
would grow larger over time so that by 2026, non-defense discretionary
spending would be cut by one-quarter relative to current law. It would
be cut by somewhat more than one-quarter compared to current spending
adjusted for inflation.
As a result of these cuts, the caps would be about $740 billion lower
over the next decade than under current law, which would translate into
$630 billion of outlay savings over a decade. Scheduling these savings
to occur would be relatively easy: it would simply require lowering and
extending the existing NDD caps. Meeting those caps, however, would
require lawmakers to make tough choices and identify significant cuts to
many areas of government spending each year.
Trump's Penny Plan would also apply to some mandatory spending, though
it's not exactly clear to which programs. He specifically mentions that
he would exempt Social Security, Medicare, Medicaid, and veterans'
programs but otherwise states he would exempt "entitlement" and/or
"safety net" programs. The majority of the remaining spending comes from
federal retirement programs, but it is not clear whether those would
count as entitlement programs or not. Either way, it does not seem
likely that applying the Penny Plan to the mandatory spending that Trump
does not exempt would yield enough savings to bring the total savings
to $1 trillion. Savings of $700 billion to $800 billion over a decade
are more likely.
Trump's Penny Plan is a welcome proposal to offset a portion the cost of
his tax plan and other proposals. It appears that the savings would
fall slightly short of the $1 trillion the campaign claims but would
still generate substantial budget savings. Still, implementing the
proposal would be quite difficult without eliminating or dramatically
scaling back several government functions, and we would encourage the
Trump campaign to identify where at least some of these cuts would come
from.
In addition, this Penny plan would only pay for a fraction of Trump's
tax plan, so significant additional savings – particularly from the
fastest growing parts of the budget – will ultimately be necessary.
SOURCE
*****************************
Washington’s Wake-Up Call
Mitch Daniels
When I testified on Capitol Hill last week on the subject of the
national debt, I found myself in the odd position of hoping our elected
representatives would find my testimony of little value because it would
strike them as so obvious.
As I told them, they know, or should know, that our federal deficits
have been running at historically unprecedented levels, so much so that
another half-trillion dollars this year was met with a yawn. They know,
or should know, that our national debt has reached a peacetime record,
and is heading for territory where other nations have spiraled into
default, or into the loss of sovereignty as creditors use their leverage
to dictate terms.
They know, or should know, that public debt this large weighs heavily on
economic growth, crowding out private investment and discouraging it
through uncertainty. And that much faster growth than today’s is the
sine qua non of the greater revenues necessary to meet federal
obligations, let alone reduce our debt burdens.
They know, or should know, that the unchecked explosion of so-called
entitlement spending, coupled with debt service, is squeezing every
other federal activity—from the FBI to basic scientific research to our
national parks to the defense on which the physical survival of the
country depends.
They know, or should know, that the problem is getting worse, and fast.
Even if reform began today, past overpromising and demographic realities
mean that the entitlement monster is going to devour accelerating
amounts of additional dollars, all of which are scheduled to be borrowed
rather than funded honestly.
They know, or should know, that official projections of growing
indebtedness—even the appalling estimates I just referred to—are built
on a foundation of wishful thinking: productivity assumptions are too
high, interest rate assumptions too low; growth too high, spending too
low. As each of these is proven unduly rosy, more zeros will be added to
the bill we hand to the young people of this country. So let me offer
an appeal on behalf of those young people and the new Americans not yet
with us. The appeal is for a shift in national policy to the growth of
the private, productive economy as our all-out, primary priority. And
for decisive action soon that begins the gradual moderation of
unkeepable promises and unpayable debts that will otherwise be dumped on
coming generations.
A national government that, year after year, borrows enormous sums and
spends them not on genuine investment in the future but on current
consumption, passing the bill down to others, pretending that the
problem is smaller than it really is, lacks not only good judgment but
integrity. It is not hyperbole to label such behavior immoral. For a
long time, people have gone to Congress decrying the intergenerational
injustice of this policy, yet things keep getting worse.
A near-decade of anemic growth and the weakest postrecession recovery on
record has eroded Americans’ economic optimism. A 2015 Rasmussen survey
found that nearly half (48%) of likely voters “think America’s best
days are in the past.” As this new pessimism has deepened, it has turned
into an ugliness, a meanness, a new cynicism in our national life, with
a search for scapegoats on the left and the right.
For nearly two and a half centuries, Americans have shared a resilient
determination to be self-governing, to guard against tyranny at home
and, on occasion, to resist by force its spread elsewhere. But lately
there are alarming signals of a different outlook.
According to the World Values Survey, as reported by Roberto Stefan Foa
and Yascha Mounk in the July edition of the Journal of Democracy, in
2011 a record one in four American citizens said that democracy is a
“bad way” to run the country, and an even larger number would prefer an
authoritarian leader who didn’t have to deal with the nuisance of
elections.
When today’s young Americans learn the extent of the debt burden we have
left them, they will legitimately question the premises of
self-government. When tomorrow’s older Americans finally understand how
they have been misled about the nature and the reliability of our
fundamental social welfare programs, it may be the last straw breaking
the public confidence on which democracy itself depends.
In fairness, a few members in each political party have tried to address
the coming crisis. To them, all thanks and credit. To those still in
denial, or even advocating steps that would make our debts even higher,
please reconsider. Your careers may end happily before the reckoning.
Your re-elections may not be threatened by your inaction. But your
consciences—and what Lincoln called “government of the people, by the
people, for the people”—will be.
SOURCE
***************************
For more blog postings from me, see
TONGUE-TIED,
EDUCATION WATCH INTERNATIONAL,
GREENIE WATCH,
POLITICAL CORRECTNESS WATCH,
AUSTRALIAN POLITICS, and
Paralipomena (Occasionally updated), a
Coral reef compendium and
an IQ compendium. (Both updated as news items come in).
GUN WATCH is now mainly put together by Dean Weingarten. I also put up occasional updates on my
Personal blog and each day I gather together my most substantial current writings on
A WESTERN HEART.
Email me
here (Hotmail address). My Home Pages are
here (Academic) or
here (Pictorial) or
here (Personal)
***************************
16 September, 2016
The relationship between conservatism and racism
The nature and extent of the relationship is contested but the Left are
quite convinced that it is conservatives who are racist. That
conservatives are generally OPPOSED to the blatant racism that is
affirmative action never quite gets into their heads. Leftists are
OBSESSED with race. They look for racial implications in
everything. "Racist" is their big swear sword. Conservatives just
wish they would stop.
What Leftists do to support their suspicion of conservatives is to do
survey research in which they ask one series of questions that
identifies conservatism and then another that identifies racism.
That such opinion surveys don't predict racial behaviour has been known
since the 1930s but let that pass.
They then ask who agrees most with the statements that express
conservastism and then ask are they the same people who agree most with
statements expressing racism. And they do generally find some
overlap.
An unusually sophisticated study in that mould has just come out that
has some interesting results, however. The new study looked at the
social context in which the statements were made. What do people
say when most people around them are conservative and does that differ
from when most people around them are Leftish? And they found that
context made a big difference.
What they found was that in a generally conservative society,
conservatives were NOT racist. It was only among Leftists that
conservatives agreed with some racist statements. So Leftism
provokes racism. Who'd a thunk it? The Leftist obsession
with race makes conservatives a bit racist too. I find that a big
laugh. It certainly torpedoes the conventional Leftist view of
conservatives.
In summary: In a conservative environment, where little is heard
of the constant Leftist yammering about race, "negative outgroup
attitudes" are rare and likely to come from both Right and Left.
But a Leftist environment is polarizing. The constant Leftist
yammering about the evils of whites and the innocence of minorities
causes conservatives to react against that and make them more
likely to express attitudes that are critical of "outgroups". So
it is actually Leftism that causes "negative outgroup attitudes" to be
expressed by conservatives.
The journal abstract is below. For the statistically-minded, note that restriction of range effects were allowed for:
The Mobilizing Effect of Right-Wing Ideological Climates:
Cross-Level Interaction Effects on Different Types of Outgroup Attitudes
Jasper Van Assche et al.
The present research investigated a multilevel person-context
interactionist framework for the relationship between right-wing
ideologies and prejudice across two large, representative samples (Study
1: European Social Survey: N 5 56,752; Study 2: World Values Survey: N 5
74,042). Across three different operationalizations of right-wing
ideology, two contextual levels (regional and national) of right-wing
climate, and three types of outgroup attitudes (i.e., age-, ethnicity-,
and gender-based), the analyses consistently revealed cross-level
interactions, showing a strong association between right-wing attitudes
and negative outgroup attitudes at the individual level in contexts with
a low right-wing climate, whereas this relationship is weaker and often
even absent in contexts with a high right-wing climate. These
cross-level interactions remained significant after controlling for
statistical artefacts (i.e., restriction of range and outliers). The
authors propose norm setting as the mobilizing mechanism through which a
right-wing climate develops and curbs the influence of individual
right-wing social-ideological attitudes on outgroup attitudes.
Political Psychology, 2016. doi: 10.1111/pops.12359
****************************
Hillary’s health is a problem, but her lack of honesty could be deadly
“Antibiotics can take care of pneumonia. What’s the cure for an
unhealthy penchant for privacy that repeatedly creates unnecessary
problems?”
That was former Barack Obama chief campaign strategist David Axelrod’s
Twitter reaction to Hillary Clinton’s near-collapse as she was entering a
van after a September 11 memorial in New York.
Coming from Axelrod, it is a clear shot across Clinton’s bow coming
directly from the Democrat Party establishment as rumors begin to swirl
about replacing her atop the party’s ticket in November.
The Clinton campaign’s explanation is that she had seasonal allergies
leading to a cough, and then pneumonia which led to heat exhaustion at
the ceremony on Sunday. But, based on her actions, it is clear that but
for the Twitter video showing her wobbling and falling forward into her
van amid Secret Service and personal handlers attempting prevent her
from hitting the pavement, the American people would almost certainly
never have heard about this episode.
How do we know that? Clinton’s destination after her fall was to her
daughter Chelsea’s residence, not to a hospital to treat heat
exhaustion, which the New York Post reports was to avoid media exposure.
The heat exhaustion explanation was only in response to disclosure of
the video, and the bout of pneumonia was not included in the official
explanation until hours after that. They were going to cover it up. What
if it had been a much more serious condition?
That is not a conspiracy theory. That’s what happened. Clinton was
comfortable with failing to disclose a major medical episode even as
questions on her health and fitness to serve as commander-in-chief were
dogging the campaign. And her campaign only came forward when the truth
could not be denied.
What else might the campaign be hiding? Did Clinton lose consciousness?
Does she have any other ailments? How often does she fall? In 2012,
Clinton had another fall and suffered a concussion. Soon thereafter, she
had a blood clot in the brain that was treated. Is that everything?
Nowadays, we tend to romanticize past presidents’ ailments — and how the
mainstream media tended to cover them up — such as Franklin Roosevelt’s
polio or John Kennedy’s battle with extreme pain and anxiety along with
the powerful cocktails of drugs he took. The way these are often
portrayed is that the illness did not affect the policies or performance
of these presidents. But is that really true?
Consider Woodrow Wilson, who in 1919 suffered a severe stroke and was
incapacitated for the remainder of his presidency. It was covered up,
only to be pieced together later by historians, but if the 25th
Amendment had been in place then it is highly possible he would have
been deposed by his Cabinet for being physically and mentally unable to
fulfill his duties of office.
These matters were and are so serious that countermeasures were put in place into the Constitution itself.
So, if the future president was going to have a potentially fatal illness, wouldn’t you want to know about it?
For Clinton, the issue could become a major headache going forward,
particularly if voters perceive that she and her campaign sought to
mislead the public about her health. In this case, Axelrod is right. Her
illnesses can be treated, but the public faith and trust, once lost,
will not easily recover.
SOURCE
****************************
What if Hillary collapsed after winning the election?
Jeff Jacoby
"CONCEALING ONE'S true medical condition from the voting public," the
historian Robert Dallek wrote in a 2002 essay, "is a time-honored
tradition of the American presidency." During the presidential campaign
of 1960, John F. Kennedy went to extreme lengths to hide from voters any
hint of his severe medical problems, which ranged from Addison's
disease to crippling spinal degeneration. By comparison, Hillary
Clinton's recent dissembling over pneumonia and fainting spells is small
potatoes.
Hillary Clinton staggered and apparently fainted after leaving a 9/11
memorial ceremony early on Sunday. Her campaign later acknowledged that
she often suffers from dehydration, and had been diagnosed with
pneumonia two days earlier.
Kennedy's deception succeeded not only because disclosure standards were
so different in his time — public figures were accorded far more
privacy than they are now — but also because he was a young man, just 42
when he ran for president. Candidates today can't expect to keep their
medical problems secret, especially not candidates as old as Clinton
(almost 69) and Donald Trump (70). Last month, the Clinton campaign
snorted that Republicans questioning her health were peddling "deranged
conspiracy theories." That won't fly anymore.
Already Democratic Party insiders are talking about having a Plan B
ready in case Clinton's health problems become insurmountable. On
Monday, former Democratic Party chairman Don Fowler urged the party to
quickly set up a contingency plan to replace Clinton in case a medical
crisis forces her from the race. "It's something you would be a fool not
to prepare for," he told Politico.
No major-party presidential candidate has ever been forced by illness,
or anything else, to quit the race after winning the nomination. But in
1972, the Democrats' vice-presidential nominee, Senator Thomas Eagleton
of Missouri, had to drop out after it became known that he had been
treated for depression with electroshock therapy. The DNC quickly
regrouped, naming Sargent Shriver to take Eagleton's place. Now as then,
it would be the responsibility of the party to fill any pre-election
vacancy in its national ticket — regardless of whether the vacancy were
caused by sickness, scandal, death, or mental debility. (Or, for that
matter, by party leaders belatedly coming to their senses and realizing
that a disastrous nominee was steering the Titanic straight for the
iceberg.)
But suppose a vacancy materialized after the November election. Then the
power to choose a replacement would no longer belong to the parties,
but to the Electoral College.
Presidents are not elected directly by the people, but by state-based
slates of electors. Under the Constitution, it is up to the states to
appoint electors "in such manner as the Legislature thereof may direct."
Legislatures need not defer to the popular vote. They can, if they
choose, name their state's electors directly, with instructions to vote
for someone other than the candidate who won the most votes on Election
Day.
Thomas Eagleton (L) was nominated by the 1972 Democratic convention to
be George McGovern's running mate. But he was forced to leave the ticket
once it became known that he had been treated for depression with
electroshock therapy.
Clinton's collapse on Sept. 11 was quickly treated, and only a churl
would wish her anything but a full recovery. But anything can happen. So
far no president-elect has died, become incapacitated, or voluntarily
withdrawn in the month and a half between the November election and the
convening of the electors. It probably won't happen this year, either.
Yet if the 2016 cycle has taught us anything, it is to rule nothing out.
With 70-year-old candidates, it isn't hard to imagine a serious medical
crisis, such as a stroke or a massive heart attack, occurring just days
after the election. Nor is it that hard — considering how ethically
tainted the major-party nominees are — to imagine some devastating
post-election revelation (perhaps via WikiLeaks) of wrongdoing or
corruption that would make it unthinkable to allow the popular-vote
winner to take the oath of office.
The Electoral College is routinely disparaged as undemocratic and
archaic, but it exists for the excellent reason that mass democracy can
go wrong. The people can be led wildly astray. Or they can make a choice
that suddenly turns unviable. Or disaster can strike. Clinton's
late-in-the-campaign illness may prove a mere blip. Still, it's a good
opportunity to remind ourselves that the Framers built an escape hatch
into the presidential election process. Even if voters screw the pooch
on Nov. 8, the Electoral College can undo the damage.
SOURCE
************************
Stop Big Government, Seek Bigger Growth
Seventeen years ago, near the close of the 20th century, the typical American household had a higher income than it did in 2015.
The Census Bureau's annual report on income and poverty in the United
States, released this week, did not focus on that fact. But it did note
that real median household income was higher in 2015 than in 2014.
"Median household income was $56,516 in 2015, an increase in real terms
of 5.2 percent from the 2014 median of $53,718," the report said in its
"Highlights" section.
"This is the first annual increase in median household income since
2007, the year before the most recent recession," the report said.
In 2007 — nine years ago — real median household income (in constant
2015 dollars) was $57,423, according to Table A-1 in the report. America
has not gotten back there yet.
In the nearly five decades between 1967 and 2015, according to that
table, real median household income peaked in 1999 at $57,909. It has
never been that high in the 21st century.
But the Census Bureau data also shows — as it has shown in the past —
that some types of households tend to have higher incomes than others.
To modern American liberals, this would be evidence of a class war, where rich and evil people exploit the poor.
But the Census Bureau's Table FINC-01, which shows median household
income by "characteristics of families," demonstrates something else.
In 2015, according to this table, "married couple families" had a median
household income of $84,324. By contrast, families with a male
householder and "no wife present" had a median income of only $49,895.
Families with a female householder and "no husband present" had a median
income of $34,126.
Families where the householder had a bachelor's degree had a median
income of $103,224. By contrast, families where the householder had a
high school degree had a median income of $52,906, and families where
the householder had attended high school but not graduated had a median
income of $32,906.
One lesson from the Census Bureau data: If you want to do better
financially in the United States, earn a degree, get married, have kids
and work. Another lesson: America needs a new era of economic growth.
SOURCE
***************************
For more blog postings from me, see
TONGUE-TIED,
EDUCATION WATCH INTERNATIONAL,
GREENIE WATCH,
POLITICAL CORRECTNESS WATCH,
AUSTRALIAN POLITICS, and
Paralipomena (Occasionally updated), a
Coral reef compendium and
an IQ compendium. (Both updated as news items come in).
GUN WATCH is now mainly put together by Dean Weingarten. I also put up occasional updates on my
Personal blog and each day I gather together my most substantial current writings on
A WESTERN HEART.
Email me
here (Hotmail address). My Home Pages are
here (Academic) or
here (Pictorial) or
here (Personal)
***************************
15 September, 2016
Is Hillary epileptic?
Those strange blue "sunglasses" Hillary has been wearing lately have now
been identified as Zeiss f133 glasses, designed to prevent epileptic
seizures. Can America afford an epileptic as Commander in
Chief? Others are writing a lot on this (e.g.
here) but you can be sure that vast efforts are being made to prevent any hard information getting out.
Even so, I think Hillary is finished. Her age has caught up with
her. Those old bones can't hack it anymore -- unless she has a
body double of course.
******************************
Deconstructing "inclusivity"
Inclusivity is something of a buzzword on the Left these days. It
has always seemed complete nonsense to me. You don't include golf
players in football games or vice versa. Far from being a good
thing, inclusivity would seem to create one big muddle. Different
people need to be treated differently, not herded into one big
corral. It only makes sense if you believe the absurd Leftist
doctrine that all men are equal. They may all be equal in the
sight of God -- to quote a famous political compromise -- but God's
optometrical difficulties are not widely shared.
I regard myself as having had a blessed life and at age 73 still
laugh my way through the day. I don't sound very jolly in my
writing a lot of the time but who could be jolly in discussing the slimy
con-men of the Left?
Yet, as I have
previously set out
at some length, I have lived most of my life in a state of great
exclusion. And I am delighted that I was able to separate myself
from uncongenial company. Because "inclusivity" was not forced
down my throat, I was free to go my own way and do my own thing.
When most of my fellow pupils at school were running around chasing
balls, I was reading books. From infancy on, chasing balls is clearly
one of humanity's greatest pleasures but I much preferred books.
And I could do that. I could separate myself from other
people. I lived happily outside the big Corral. And to this
day I have quite a small social circle.
So the great good to me seems to be discrimination. Each of us is
very discriminatory in choosing things as diverse as our wine and our
life partners so being discriminatory in choosing our company should be
optimal for our life satisfaction. We do best by excluding the
unsuitable, not by including it.
I suppose at this stage I must seem like a bit of a moron. I have
been treating the desirability of inclusion as a general
proposition. I think one does need to look at it in such an
objective way but, in reality, it is a very particular policy goal
hiding behind a generally good-sounding name -- in the usual Leftist
style. Candy-coating their destructive proposals is what Leftists
do.
What inclusion is all about was brought home to me by
this article.
The language was inclusion but the starting point of the article was
was outrage at the occasional deaths of unco-operative black criminals
at the hands of the police. Voila! Being inclusive means
being nicer to blacks! That is the whole meaning and purpose of
the doctrine concerned. I am all in favour of everybody
being nice to everyone else but being permissive towards criminals of
any skin color seems grossly maladaptive to me. They should be
excluded, not included.
******************************
A defence of Trump
Trump is not the statesman I would have chosen for this moment. My
preferences run toward Washington, Lincoln, Churchill, Reagan, and the
like. Trump doesn’t measure up to any of them. But his flaws are
overstated. One of the dumber things often said about Trump is that “you
can’t trust him with the nuclear codes.” This statement, first, betrays
a complete lack of understanding of nuclear command and control. More
important, it’s an extraordinary calumny, one that accuses the man of a
wish or propensity to commit mass murder on the scale of Pol Pot. On
what basis does anyone make such an accusation? Can Trump be erratic,
obnoxious, and offensive? Of course, he can be all that and more. But
while these qualities are not virtues, they may well have helped him
punch through the Overton Window, in which case I am willing to make
allowances.
For this objection to be decisive, Trump’s personal immoderation would
have to be on a level that aspires to tyrannical rule. I don’t see it.
Not even close. The charge of “buffoon” seems a million times more apt
than “tyrant.” And even so, one must wonder how buffoonish the alleged
buffoon really is when he is right on the most important issues while so
many others who are esteemed wise are wrong. Hillary Clinton launched
the Libya war, perhaps the worst security policy mistake in US
history—which divided a country between two American enemies and
anarchy, and took a stream of refugees into Europe and surged it into a
flood. She pledges to vastly increase the refugee flow from the Middle
East into our communities (and, mark my words, they will be Red State
communities). Trump by contrast promises not to launch misguided wars,
to protect our borders, and to focus immigration policy on the
well-being of the currently-constituted American people. Who is truly
more moderate: the colorful loudmouth with the sensible agenda or the
corrupt, icy careerist with the radical agenda?
Conservatives have shouted since the beginning of Trump’s improbable
rise: He’s not one of us! He is not conservative! And, indeed, in many
ways, Trump is downright liberal. You might think that would make him
more acceptable to the Left. But no. As “compassionate conservatism” did
nothing to blunt leftist hatred of George W. Bush, neither do Trump’s
quasi-liberal economic positions. In fact, they hate Trump much more.
Trump is not conservative enough for the conservatives but way too
conservative for the Left, yet somehow they find common cause. Earlier I
posited that the reason is Trump’s position on immigration. Let me add
two others.
The first is simply that Trump might win. He is not playing his assigned
role of gentlemanly loser the way McCain and Romney did, and may well
have tapped into some previously untapped sentiment that he can ride to
victory. This is a problem for both the Right and the Left. The
professional Right (correctly) fears that a Trump victory will finally
make their irrelevance undeniable. The Left knows that so long as
Republicans kept playing by the same rules and appealing to the same
dwindling base of voters, there was no danger. Even if one of the old
breed had won, nothing much would have changed, since their positions on
the most decisive issues were effectively the same as the Democrats and
because they posed no serious challenge to the administrative state.
Which points to the far more important reason. The current governing
arrangement of the United States is rule by a transnational managerial
class in conjunction with the administrative state. To the extent that
the parties are adversarial at the national level, it is merely to
determine who gets to run the administrative state for four years.
Challenging the administrative state is out of the question. The
Democrats are united on this point. The Republicans are at least
nominally divided. But those nominally opposed (to the extent that they
even understand the problem, which is: not much) are unwilling or unable
to actually do anything about it. Are challenges to the administrative
state allowed only if they are guaranteed to be ineffectual? If so, the
current conservative movement is tailor-made for the task. Meanwhile,
the much stronger Ryan wing of the Party actively abets the
administrative state and works to further the managerial class agenda.
Trump is the first candidate since Reagan to threaten this arrangement.
To again oversimplify, the question here is: who rules? The many or the
few? The people or the oligarchs? Our Constitution says: the people are
sovereign, and their rule is mediated through representative
institutions, limited by written Constitutional norms. The
administrative state says: experts must rule because various advances
(the march of history) have made governing too complicated for public
deliberation, and besides, the unwise people often lack knowledge of
their own best interests even on rudimentary matters. When the people
want something that they shouldn’t want or mustn’t have, the
administrative state prevents it, no matter what the people vote for.
When the people don’t want something that the administrative state sees
as salutary or necessary, it is simply imposed by fiat.
Don’t want more immigration? Too bad, we know what’s best. Think
bathrooms should be reserved for the two biological sexes? Too bad, we
rule. And so on and on.
To all the “conservatives” yammering about my supposed opposition to
Constitutional principle (more on that below) and who hate Trump, I say:
Trump is mounting the first serious national-political defense of the
Constitution in a generation. He may not see himself in those terms. I
believe he sees himself as a straightforward patriot who just wants to
do what is best for his country and its people. Whatever the case, he is
asserting the right of the sovereign people to make their government do
what they want it to do, and not do things they don’t want it to do, in
the teeth of determined opposition from a managerial class and
administrative state that wants not merely different policies but above
all to perpetuate their own rule.
If the Constitution has any force or meaning, then “We the People” get
to decide not merely who gets to run the administrative state—which,
whatever the outcome, will always continue on the same path—more
fundamentally, we get to decide what policies we want and which we
don’t. Apparently, to the whole Left and much of the Right, this stance
is immoderate and dangerous. The people who make that charge claim to do
so in defense of Constitutional principle. I can’t square that circle.
Can you?
(To those tempted to accuse me of advocating a crude majoritarianism, I
refer you to what I said above and will say below on the proper,
Constitutional operation of the United States government as originally
designed and improved by the pre-Progressive Amendments.)
One must also wonder what is so “immoderate” about Trump’s program. As
noted, it’s to the left of the last several decades of
Republican-conservative orthodoxy. “Moderate” in the modern political
(as opposed to the Aristotelean) sense tends to be synonymous with
“centrist.” By that definition, Trump is a moderate. That’s why National
Review and the rest of the conservatives came out of the gate so
strongly against him. I admit that, not all that long ago, I probably
would have too. But I have come to see conservatism in a different
light. To oversimplify (again), the only “eternal principle” is the
good. What, specifically, is good in a political context varies with the
times and with circumstance, as does how best to achieve the good in a
given context. The good is not tax rates or free trade. Those aren’t
even principles. In the American political context, the good is the
well-being of the physical America and its people, well-being defined
(in terms that reflect both Aristotle and the American founding) as
their “safety and happiness.” That’s what conservatism should be working
to conserve.
Trump seems to grasp that the best way to do so in these times is to
promote more solidarity and unity. The “conservatives” by contrast think
it means more individualism. Neither of these, either, is an eternal
principle. Prudence calls for a balance. Few would want the maximized
(and forced) unity of ancient Sparta or modern North Korea. Only fool
libertarians seek the maximized individualism of Ayn Rand. No unity
means no nation. No individualism means no liberty. In an actual
republic, a balance must be maintained, which can require occasional
course corrections. In 1980, after a decade of stagnation, we needed an
infusion of individualism. In 2016, we are too fragmented and
atomized—united for the most part only by being equally under the thumb
of the administrative state—and desperately need more unity.
Which means that Trump, right now, is right and the conservatives are
wrong. His moderate program of secure borders, economic nationalism, and
America-first foreign policy—all things that liberals and conservatives
alike used to take for granted, if they disagreed on
implementation—holds the promise of fostering more unity. But today,
liberals are apoplectic at the mere mention of this program—controlling
borders is “extreme” but a “borderless world” is the “ultimate
wisdom”—and the Finlandized conservatives aid them in attacking the
candidate who promotes it. Conservatives claim to deplore the way the
Democrats slice and dice the electorate, reduce it to voting blocks and
interest groups, and stoke resentments to boost turnout. But faced with a
candidate explicitly running on a unity agenda they insist he is too
extreme to trust with the reins of power. One wants to ask, again: which
is it, conservatives? Is Trump to be rejected because he is too
moderate or because he is too extreme? The answer appears to be that it
doesn’t matter, so long as Trump is rejected.
So that’s my “immoderate” case for Trump: do things that are in the
interests of lower, working, and middle class Americans in order to
improve their lives and increase unity across all swaths and sectors of
society. And in so doing, reassert the people’s rightful, Constitutional
control of their government. “Dangerous.” “Extreme.” “Radical.”
“Poison.” “Authoritarian.”
Much more
HERE.
************************
For more blog postings from me, see
TONGUE-TIED,
EDUCATION WATCH INTERNATIONAL,
GREENIE WATCH,
POLITICAL CORRECTNESS WATCH,
AUSTRALIAN POLITICS, and
Paralipomena (Occasionally updated), a
Coral reef compendium and
an IQ compendium. (Both updated as news items come in).
GUN WATCH is now mainly put together by Dean Weingarten. I also put up occasional updates on my
Personal blog and each day I gather together my most substantial current writings on
A WESTERN HEART.
Email me
here (Hotmail address). My Home Pages are
here (Academic) or
here (Pictorial) or
here (Personal)
***************************
14 September, 2016
15 Years After 9/11 We’re Less Safe, Less Free
September 11 marks the 15th anniversary of the attacks on the World
Trade Center and the Pentagon. As with the assassination of JFK and the
attack on Pearl Harbor, 9/11 will forever be seen as a critical moment
in American history.
For those who lived through the 9/11 attacks the anniversary brings up
many unpleasant memories. I was young—a junior high school student. Our
teachers told us there had been an attack, but refused to discuss it
further. It was not until I got home and turned on the television that I
began to understand that I was seeing something unlike anything I’d
ever encountered.
Like many Americans, I was scared and worried about what the terrorist
acts would mean for our country. I remember asking my parents if there
would be more attacks and if there were terrorists living in the United
States. I wondered what I would do if I or someone I loved was a victim
of an attack. Although they tried to be comforting, it was clear my
parents didn’t have the answers.
Lucky for me and other Americans, the chance of being killed (or even
injured) in an act of terror is remarkably low—about one in 20 million.
You are more likely to die while moving your couch, or from being struck
by lightning, from falling out of bed, from the flu, or from
brain-eating parasites!
Some would argue that this illustrates that government has done a good
job since 9/11. Consider, however, that the number of Americans killed
in terror attacks on an annualized basis has remained remarkably
constant and low over several decades, with a few exceptions like 9/11.
In the period from 1995 through 2014, for example, seven years saw no
deaths in the United States related to terrorism. In six other years,
one to four Americans were killed on U.S. soil in “terror-related”
incidents. Even looking worldwide, the number of Americans killed in
terror attacks pales in comparison to other causes of death. In 2013
just under 2.6 million U.S. citizens died. Thirteen of these deaths were
terror-related, 0.0005 percent of all deaths. In 2001, taking into
account the deaths from the 9/11 attacks, terror deaths still
represented less than 0.2 percent of all U.S. deaths.
Yet despite these comforting numbers, Americans are less safe and less
free than they were 15 years ago. The danger comes not from terrorism,
but rather from the U.S. government. The War on Terror has enabled
massive government expansion. The cost is not “just” the nearly $2
trillion in taxpayer money, but our liberty.
Consider that during the last 15 years, U.S. government has spied (and
continues to spy) on U.S. citizens and international leaders. The U.S.
government has used “enhanced interrogation,” otherwise known as
torture, to combat terrorism. These techniques are not exclusively used
in foreign combat zones, however. Recent investigations of the Chicago
Police Department, for example, indicate that local governments have
employed these same techniques at home, not against terrorists but
against US. citizens.
Drones and other forms of extrajudicial killing are now standard
practice. These activities not only fail to eliminate terror threats,
but provide a rallying cry and recruitment tool for terrorist
organizations, making Americans at home and abroad less safe. The push
to use drone technology domestically by state and local law enforcement
has substantial consequences for privacy. Militarized police, now on the
“front lines” of the war on terror at home, have trampled the rights of
Americans with a barrage of “no-knock” raids and unauthorized
surveillance.
Moreover, those who speak out against these activities, whistleblowers
who expose the wrongdoings of the U.S. government, are labeled as
un-American, anti-military or even traitors, and punished. Meanwhile,
questionable and perhaps illegal activity by government officials goes
unchecked.
Many Americans look outside of the United States to determine who
represents the biggest threat to freedom and safety. Fifteen years after
9/11, we’d do well to realize that the largest threat to our liberties
comes not from people thousands of miles away but from our own
government.
SOURCE
*************************
Gary Bauer: Teddy Roosevelt Banned Muslims; Jimmy Carter Banned Iranians
In a speech Friday at the Values Voter Summit in Washington, D.C.,
American Values Founder and President Gary Bauer said that former
President Theodore Roosevelt banned Muslims during his presidency by
prohibiting immigration to the U.S. of anyone who believed in polygamy,
promoted it or lived in a country that practiced it.
“Donald Trump has been crucified, because a number of months ago, he
said that we ought to have a pause in Muslim immigration to the United
States, and it took about 10 minutes for the president and quite
frankly, a number of Republican leaders to run to a microphone and
basically say that’s not who we are. That’s not our values. Well they’re
wrong,” Bauer said.
“Teddy Roosevelt enforced the law during his presidency that prohibited
immigration to the United States of anybody who believed in polygamy,
promoted polygamy, or lived in a country that practiced polygamy. Who do
you think he was trying to keep out of the country, Episcopalians?”
Bauer asked.
According to the Department of Homeland Security’s website, the
Immigration Act of 1891 barred “the immigration of polygamists, persons
convicted of crimes of moral turpitude, and those suffering loathsome or
contagious diseases.”
“How about Jimmy Carter, that well known right wing bigoted extremist,
right? Jimmy Carter, who the guy I worked for, Ronald Reagan, clobbered
on Election Day, Jimmy Carter, after the Iranian Revolution, announced
that effective immediately there would be no more immigration from Iran
into the United States, but that’s not all,” Bauer said.
In 1980, Carter announced that the U.S. was breaking diplomatic
relations with Iran and ordered all Iranian diplomats and officials to
leave the country by midnight the next day, according to an April 8,
1980 article in The Crimson. This was 157 days into the Iran hostage
crisis. Fifty Americans were held hostage by militants occupying the
U.S. Embassy in Tehran. At the time, Ayatollah Ruhollah Khomeini ruled
that the Americans must stay with the militants until the new Iranian
Parliament decided their fate.
“Jimmy Carter went on national TV and said, there are 25,000 Iranian
students attending our universities. You have 30 days to report to your
closest immigration center with your papers. He expelled thousands of
Iranian university students from the United States,” Bauer said. “That
was weakling, left-wing, Democrat Jimmy Carter.
“And today, taking that commonsense position gets you attacked the way
Trump is attacked. It’s unbelievable what’s happening in this country,”
he said, referring to GOP presidential nominee Donald Trump’s initial
proposal to ban Muslims from entering the country.
“Donald Trump has done a little bit more on his proposal. Now he says
that he’s gonna really zero in on a handful of countries, and that’s
fine – countries where there’s a lot of terrorist activity, etcetera,
but then he said something else that again set people off on a tirade,”
Bauer said.
“He said we’re going to start having an ideological test. Of course we
should. The Pew Research Center did a study of the Muslim world and
found that it is permeated with hatred of Jews, of Christians, rejection
of religious liberty. Why would we import that to the United States?”
Bauer asked.
Bauer said the world has been “cursed with leaders that at best are clueless” when it comes to combatting terrorism.
“We have been cursed with leaders that at best are clueless,” Bauer
said, pointing to President Barack Obama, Secretary of State John Kerry,
and German Chancellor Angela Merkel. “How do you explain Merkel in
Germany, who doesn’t have an unexpected influx of young Muslim migrants
coming to the country?
“She invites them in, and a million of them accept her invitation,
pouring across the borders, and then in the weeks and months that
follow, Merkel expresses surprise and shock that German women are being
molested and raped,” Bauer said.
“What did she think would happen when you bring in hundreds of thousands
of young men from third world countries that have been taught in their
houses of worship that infidel women are all whores and you could do to
them what you want to do? That’s who she invited into Germany,” he said.
“How about in France, where after the brutal attack in Nice, families
run over by a jihadist in a truck, empty carriages littered all over the
beach where babies used to be sitting, and a French government official
says, ‘well, this is almost impossible to stop. The French people may
just have to get used to tolerating a certain level of terrorism in our
pluralistic country,’” Bauer said.
“And then there’s President Obama. My gosh, if I’d shared with you all
of his contributions to helping us understand what is going on, I’d be
speaking through the rest of my time and the next two speakers,” Bauer
said.
“A few months ago, he had this really incredible insight to share with
us. The president said you America, you Americans have more risk of
drowning in a bathtub, he said, than you do of being killed by
terrorists. Well thank you, Mr. President, for that incredible insight.
Churchill, he ain’t,” Bauer added.
“I guess my reaction would be that when my bathtub starts yelling Allah
Akbar and trying to kill me, I’ll start worrying about baths, but right
now, I’m going to worry about the people, whose numbers are growing
ladies and gentleman, who have declared war on western civilization –
Judeo-Christian civilization,” he said.
Bauer then referenced Kerry’s comments Bangladesh in August during a press availability in Dhaka.
“Secretary Kerry a couple weeks ago went to a conference in Europe –
don’t want to leave him out. This was a conference on the importance of
open societies, and he brought the crowd – many of them journalists and
government officials - to their feet in raucous applause when he said if
the media would just stop reporting the terror attacks, the impact they
have would be lessened,” Bauer said.
“He offered no guidance on what reporters should do when they come
across the mass graves. Should they not report those either? Cause if
you report that they just found another grave with a thousand dead
Christians in it or Yazidis or other religious minorities, people might
go, Wow, that’s big news. Who killed them?” Bauer added.
SOURCE
***************************
Houston Jury Rules Against SEIU Tactics
Marking the end of a 10-year legal battle, a Houston jury today ruled in
favor of Professional Janitorial Services and against the SEIU,
ordering the union to pay $5.3 million in damages for the union’s
campaign to drive away the company’s business.
The “Kill PJS” campaign was a three-year effort by the SEIU to do
exactly what the name suggests. Throughout that time, the union
implemented a three pronged strategy of media collaboration, baseless
lawsuits, and union-planted employees in an effort to drive customers
away from the janitorial company.
“The jury found what PJS and its employees have known for more than a
decade, which is that SEIU is a corrupt organization that is rotten to
its core,” said Brent Southwell, CEO of PJS. “The next step is to ensure
the union is removed from Texas and sent packing back to Chicago.”
Founded in Chicago, the Service Employees International Union is a DC-based union with deep ties to the Obama administration.
Throughout the four week trial, jurors learned of false allegations,
threatening tactics, and an all-out smear campaign waged by the SEIU
against the janitorial company for one simple reason— PJS refused to
allow the union to organize its workforce of janitors without a secret
ballot election.
In a statement, PJS added that they “will now ask local prosecutors to
investigate apparent perjury by union officials and an attorney who
testified in the trial, and will increase its efforts with state
legislators to remove the SEIU from eligibility in state-provided union
dues collection programs.”
The PJS trial was the first time the union’s tactics were brought in
front of a jury, as other companies have opted to settle their cases and
avoid a trial.
Today’s ruling sends a clear message that unions who attempt to use
corrupt tactics and political connections to pressure business owners
into giving in to their demands will no longer be tolerated in the Lone
Star State.
SOURCE
There is a new lot of postings by
Chris Brand just up -- about both British and American matters
************************
For more blog postings from me, see
TONGUE-TIED,
EDUCATION WATCH INTERNATIONAL,
GREENIE WATCH,
POLITICAL CORRECTNESS WATCH,
AUSTRALIAN POLITICS, and
Paralipomena (Occasionally updated), a
Coral reef compendium and
an IQ compendium. (Both updated as news items come in).
GUN WATCH is now mainly put together by Dean Weingarten. I also put up occasional updates on my
Personal blog and each day I gather together my most substantial current writings on
A WESTERN HEART.
Email me
here (Hotmail address). My Home Pages are
here (Academic) or
here (Pictorial) or
here (Personal)
***************************
13 September, 2016
Fifteen Years after 9/11, and America Still Sleeps
How much worse will the destruction and death have to be to wake us up?
Fifteen years after the carnage of 9/11, American foreign policy is
still mired in its fossilized dogmas and dangerous delusions. The
consequences are obvious. Iran, the world's foremost state sponsor of
terrorism and long an avowed enemy of the United States, has filled the
vacuum of our ignominious retreat from the Middle East, even as the
mullahs move ever closer to possessing nuclear weapons. Russia, Iran's
improbable ally, bombs civilians in Syria, kills the Syrian fighters we
have trained, bullies its neighbor Ukraine, consolidates its take-over
of the Crimea, and relentlessly pursues its interests with disregard for
international law and contempt for our feeble protests. Iraq, for which
thousands of Americans bled and died, is now a puppet state of Iran.
Afghanistan is poised to be overrun by the Taliban in a few years, and
ISIS, al Qaeda 2.0, continues to inspire franchises throughout the world
and to murder European and American citizens.
So much for the belief, frequently heard in the months after the attacks
of 9/11, that "this changes everything." The smoking ruins and 3000
dead surely had awoken us from our delusions that the "end of history"
and a "new world order" had followed the collapse of the Soviet Union,
"a world in which nations recognize the shared responsibility for
freedom and justice. A world where the strong respect the rights of the
weak," as George H.W. Bush said in 1990. The following decade seemed to
confirm this optimism. Didn't we quickly slap down the brutal Saddam
Hussein and stop his aggression against his neighbors? Didn't we punish
the Serbs for their revanchist depredations in the Balkans? With
American military power providing the muscle, the institutions of
international cooperation like NATO, the International Court of Justice,
and the U.N. Security Council would patrol and protect the network of
new democracies that were set to evolve into versions of Western nations
and enjoy such boons as individual rights, political freedom, leisure
and prosperity, tolerance for minorities, equality for women, and a
benign secularism.
The gruesome mayhem of 9/11 should have alerted us to the fact many
Muslims didn't get the memo about history's demise. Indeed, long before
that tragic day in September, we had been serially warned that history
still had some unpleasant surprises. Theorists of neo-jihadism like
Hassan al-Banna and Sayyid Qutb for decades had laid out the case for
war against the infidel West and its aggression against Islam. "It is
the nature of Islam," al-Banna wrote, "to dominate not to be dominated,
to impose its laws on all nations and extend its power to the entire
planet." So too the leader of the 1979 Iranian Revolution, the Ayatollah
Khomeini: "Those who study jihad will understand why Islam wants to
conquer the whole world," which is why "Islam says: Kill all the
unbelievers." The kidnapping of U.S. diplomatic personnel in Tehran by a
group called "Muslim Students Following the Line of the Imam
[Khomeini]" sent us a message that we were engaged in the religious war
the jihadists warned would come. But few of those responsible for our
security and interests had ears to hear or eyes to see.
Not even when the words became bloody deeds did we listen. The bombing
of the Beirut Marine barracks in 1983, which killed 241 servicemen, was
supported by Iran and executed by its proxy terrorist group Hezbollah.
Our refusal to respond reflected our failure to take seriously
Khomeini's vow to spread his revolution to the whole world. The
humiliating televised abuse of our dead soldiers in Mogadishu in 1993,
followed by our withdrawal, was exploited by Osama bin Laden in his
sermons as signs that America had "foundations of straw." That same year
came the first World Trade Center attack, which killed six and wounded
1,042, an operation inspired by al Qaeda and traditional jihadist
doctrine. In 1995 five Americans were killed by al Qaeda operatives at a
training facility in Riyadh. In 1996 a truck bomb exploded in front of a
residential complex housing Air Force personnel near Dhahran, killing
19 Americans. In 1998 al Qaeda bombed our embassies in Nairobi and Dar
es Salaam. Twelve Americans died in Nairobi. And the last warning came
in October of 2000, when the destroyer Cole was attacked by a fishing
boat loaded with explosive. Seventeen sailors died and 39 were wounded.
Yet during these two decades of attacks that proved the jihadists' words
were not just bluster, we did little in response. We interpreted the
attacks as crimes, not battles in a war, and reflections of poverty,
autocracy, or vague "evil," rather than as the fulfillment of Allah's
divine commands. Instead, Clinton launched cruise missiles that made a
lot of noise but accomplished nothing, limited as those attacks were by
timid rules of engagement. His foreign policy was internationalist and
idealist, seeing the spread of democracy and the promotion of human
rights as paramount in foreign affairs. America's presence needed to be
reduced in the world, and the use of force should be a last resort, and
even then carefully calibrated to avoid international condemnation and
American casualties. "Dialogue" and "outreach" were preferable, for the
jihadists were just defending "traditional values," as one State
Department official said. The wages of that delusion were the burned and
dismembered bodies in Manhattan, the Pentagon, and a field near
Shanksville, Pennsylvania.
This history is worth reviewing, for all these mistakes, these failures
of imagination, these indulgences of naïve idealism, these sacrifices of
our security and interests to political advantage, all comprise the
"everything" that 9/11 was supposed to "change." But here we are,
fifteen years later, with a similar history of folly. George W. Bush
pursued a delusional program of democracy promotion in Iraq and
Afghanistan, with scant appreciation for the profound cultural
differences between Islam and the West. But he at least left his
successor a stabilized Iraq, which Obama quickly abandoned just to
fulfill a campaign promise and assert his progressive bona fides. Then
Obama blustered that Syria's "Assad has to go" and laid down "red lines"
that were not to be crossed, only to do nothing when they were serially
crossed, and to sacrifice this country's credibility in his pursuit of
the disastrous deal with Iran, our inveterate enemy stained with four
decades' worth of American blood. ISIS was allowed to flourish in the
vacuum created by our withdrawal, creating a Hobbesian war of all
against all, whose beneficiaries so far have been our rival Russia and
our sworn enemy Iran.
Perhaps worst of all, Obama has turned jihad denial into a fatal
disease. He is not alone in this delusion, for "religion of peace" and
"nothing to do with Islam" have been mantras chanted by our foreign
policy savants going back to the Iranian Revolution. No matter that
al-Banna, Qutb, Khomeini, bin Laden, Ayman al Zawahiri, Abu Bakr
al-Baghdadi, and the mullahs in Iran all have grounded their violence
and aggression in Islamic scripture and tradition. Our smug Western
analysts and apologists dismiss the jihadists' exegesis as a "hijacking"
or "distortion" of the "true" Islam, presuming to understand the
Islamic faith better than pious Muslims do. So we half-heartedly fight
an enemy whose name we cannot even say, and whose religion of violence
we desperately distort into a religion of peace and tolerance.
Meanwhile, like Bill Clinton and now Obama, we use bombs and drones as
telegenic marketing tools to hide our failure of nerve and short-sighted
political calculations.
So fifteen years later, we still sleep. And don't expect things to
change after November. Neither candidate has shown any indication he or
she is willing to make the hard decisions required to destroy ISIS and
reaffirm American prestige. Trump issues vague threats about "bombing
the shit" out of ISIS, while Hillary chatters about "smart power" and
"coalitions," doubling down on Obama's failing policy. But no one
proposes using the mind-concentrating levels of force, including troops
as well as bombs, necessary to repair our broken foreign policy in the
Middle East. Too many voters are in an isolationist mood, sick of wars
and casualties, and concerned more about jobs and the economy.
The attacks on 9/11 supposedly "changed everything." When it comes to
foreign policy, they didn't. One shudders to think how much worse the
destruction and death will have to be to wake us up.
SOURCE
*****************************
‘Socialism of the 21st Century’ Collapses in Brazil. Here’s Why It Failed
With the Senate impeachment vote to remove from office former President
Dilma Rousseff, Brazilians joined a lengthening line of Latin Americans
who have soured on the populist, corrupting, and impoverishing policies
of “21st Century Socialism.”
Faced with its disastrous consequences, people in some neighboring
countries had already turned the page and moved on. Argentina wised up
late last year and installed center-right President Mauricio Macri after
more than a decade of misrule by the Peronist Kirchner family.
Earlier this year, Peruvians voted for a 78-year-old center-right
economist to get them back on track. And in Caracas, Venezuela, tens of
thousands took to the streets demanding the removal of the brutally
fascistic regime put in power by one of 21st Century Socialism’s
founding fathers, the late Hugo Chávez.
In Brazil, government spending programs championed by Rousseff and her
socialist mentor and predecessor, “Lula” da Silva, only managed to pull
Brazilians out of poverty temporarily, through cash transfers and
welfare benefits that ended up nearly bankrupting the country and
plunging it into its deepest recession since the 1930s.
After squandering many opportunities during the era of booming commodity
prices, these countries now face the difficult—but necessary—structural
reform process to remove the real obstacles that have limited
productivity growth and thwarted convergence with more advanced
economies.
Many of these reforms are detailed in The Heritage Foundation’s newly
published “2017 Global Agenda for Economic Freedom.” They include:
Stronger protection of property rights and more effective anti-corruption measures.
Renewed efforts to reduce barriers to trade and investment (e.g. nontariff barriers and nontransparent investment regimes).
Liberalization of energy markets.
Reduction of support for massively subsidized state-owned enterprises
that are especially toxic breeding grounds for cronyism and favoritism
(e.g. Petrobras in Brazil).
By taking these steps under new President Michel Temer, Brazil can soon
make strides to raise its scores in the annual Heritage Foundation Index
of Economic Freedom and, more importantly, make sustainable
improvements to the living standards of its millions of citizens.
Rousseff’s downfall was sealed when it was revealed that she and her
socialist PT political party had cooked the budget books to boost
vote-buying spending measures in advance of her squeaker re-election
victory in the 2014 presidential election. Now, Brazilians have slammed
those books closed and opened the door to greater prosperity in a
post-socialist Latin America.
SOURCE
********************************
Obama will leave us defenseless
Our Commander-in-Chief, Barack Hussein Obama, is out to sabotage the
U.S. Military. His deliberate actions have exposed this great nation to
dangers never before seen in our history.
At first I thought it was mere incompetence. But now I can see it for what it really is.
Obama's every move is designed to deplete our military, bring our armed forces to their knees and establish him as Ruler.
His sneaky actions are unparalleled and pose a HUGE threat to the future of our military and the safety of our entire nation.
Right under our noses, Obama has purged a huge number of senior military officials from top positions in our armed forces.
Last year alone, he "relieved of duty" nine generals and flag officers
-- making a total of over 200 top-class officers fired since he came to
office in 2009, including nine very powerful generals and admirals in
the past year alone.
The question is: Why?
One veteran Army intel officer shared the reason. He said that Obama
wants a "compliant officer class" and "it's getting harder and harder to
find senior officers with a pair of b*lls above the rank of major"
because above that rank "it's all politics."
That's right. Our mighty U.S. Military is being purged by a former
dope-smoking, terrorist-loving, communist-sympathizing, America-hating
hippy.
SOURCE
************************
For more blog postings from me, see
TONGUE-TIED,
EDUCATION WATCH INTERNATIONAL,
GREENIE WATCH,
POLITICAL CORRECTNESS WATCH,
AUSTRALIAN POLITICS, and
Paralipomena (Occasionally updated), a
Coral reef compendium and
an IQ compendium. (Both updated as news items come in).
GUN WATCH is now mainly put together by Dean Weingarten. I also put up occasional updates on my
Personal blog and each day I gather together my most substantial current writings on
A WESTERN HEART.
Email me
here (Hotmail address). My Home Pages are
here (Academic) or
here (Pictorial) or
here (Personal)
***************************
12 September, 2016
Trump is sounding better
BY ROGER KIMBALL
I think Publius is right that the demonization of the Right would only
accelerate in a Hillary Clinton administration. Which brings Publius—and
me—to Donald Trump. “Yes, Trump is worse than imperfect, “ he admits.
“So what? We can lament until we choke the lack of a great statesman to
address the fundamental issues of our time.” Publius goes further than I
would. “Trump,” he says,
"alone among candidates for high office in this or in the last seven (at
least) cycles, has stood up to say: I want to live. I want my party to
live. I want my country to live. I want my people to live. I want to end
the insanity"
There were others, in my opinion, who fit this bill, including Ted
Cruz. But Ted Cruz is not a candidate for the presidency in 2016.
Donald Trump is. Which brings me back to my second thoughts about
Trump. As recently as a few weeks back, I was a lesser-of-two-evils,
reluctant Trump supporter: classic Russian roulette vs. the loaded
semi-automatic that is a Hillary Clinton victory.
But then Trump embarked on a series of high-profile speeches and
rallies. I liked what he said about taxes and economic policy. I
liked his list of possible SCOTUS nominees. I liked what he said
about supporting the police and the plight of blacks in the inner
cities. I liked what he said about combatting Islamic terrorism
(what Barack Obama calls “workplace violence”). I even liked most of
what he said in his immigration speech in Arizona. I thought it
was courageous and “presidential” for him to meet with Mexican President
Enrique Peña Nieto. I thought he did the right thing in going to lend
moral, and even a bit of material, support to the victims of the floods
in Louisiana. I was grateful when he released a video commemorating the
canonization of Mother Teresa. I was happy to see him supporting school
choice, standing up for religious freedom, and criticizing those who
mock Christians and people of faith.
I know there will be some who object, “But how do you know he will do all things things.” The answer is, I don’t.
But I do know what Hillary would do: Obama on steroids. She’s a
known-known. She would, as Publius warns, complete the
“fundamental transformation” of this country into a third-world,
politically correct socialist redoubt.
There is a fair amount of hysteria among NeverTrumpers about “The Flight
93 Election,” which I guess underscores just how potent its argument
is. (The fact that Rush Limbaugh read it aloud on his radio show
redoubled that potency.) As I say, I’ve come around to thinking that
there are plenty of good reasons for someone of conservative principles
to support Trump. I know, and have repeatedly rehearsed, the standard
litany of criticisms about Trump. But they fade if not into
insignificance then at least into near irrelevance in the face of his
actual program (see above) and, most of all, in the face of the horror
that is his opponent. I’ll give the last word to Publius: “The election
of 2016 is a test . . . of whether there is any virtù left in what
used to be the core of the American nation. If they cannot rouse
themselves simply to vote for the first candidate in a generation who
pledges to advance their interests, and to vote against the one who
openly boasts that she will do the opposite (a million more Syrians,
anyone?), then they are doomed. They may not deserve the fate that will
befall them, but they will suffer it regardless.”
The great James Burnham once remarked that where there is no alternative
there is no problem. Fortunately, we do have an alternative, and, my,
we do have a problem. I was wrong when I predicted that Donald
Trump would not be the candidate. I hope I will be proved wrong about my
prediction that, were he the candidate, he would not win. The trends
are promising, I think, but it would be foolish to deny that there are
madmen in the cockpit or that many of the passengers are scared,
apathetic, deluded, or just plain cowardly. We need a real-life Decius
Mus who is willing to say “Let’s roll” and make a concerted charge. It
may be the last chance we have.
SOURCE
**************************
Hypocrites
**************************
Charles Murray talks about the new class war cleaving the US in two
With the publication in 2012 of Coming Apart: The State of White
America, 1960-2010, political scientist Charles Murray – celebrated and
denigrated in equal measure for his earlier works, Losing Ground (1984)
and The Bell Curve (1994) – produced a searing, searching analysis of a
nation cleaving along the lines of class, a nation, as he put it,
‘coming apart at the seams’. On the one side of this conflicted society,
as Murray sees it, there is the intellectual or ‘cognitive’ elite,
graduates of America’s leading universities, bound together through
marriage and work, and clustered together in the same exclusive
zipcodes, places such as Beverly Hills, Santa Monica and Boston.
In
these communities of the likeminded, which Murray gives the fictional
title of ‘Belmont’, the inhabitants share the same values, the same
moral outlook, the same distinct sense of themselves as superior. And on
the other side, there is the ‘new lower class’, the white Americans who
left education with no more than a high-school diploma, who
increasingly divorce among themselves, endure unemployment together, and
are gathered in neighbourhoods that Murray gives the title of
‘Fishtown’ – inspired by an actual white, blue-collar neighbourhood of
the same name in Philadelphia.
It is in Fishtown that the trends
Murray identifies as the most damaging over the past 50 years – family
breakdown, loss of employment, crime and a loss of social capital – are
felt and experienced. Its inhabitants have a set of values (albeit
threadbare ones), an outlook and a way of life that are entirely at odds
with those from Belmont. And it is between these two almost entirely
distinct moral communities, that the new Culture Wars now appear to be
being fought. Sean Collins caught up with Murray to talk about the
cultural drivers of this latent class conflict; how it plays into the
rise of Trump; and what can be done about this dangerous division
Sean Collins: In Coming Apart, you argue that the top and bottom of
American society are divided culturally as well as economically.
Fishtown is not only poorer than Belmont, but engages in different
cultural practices, and has different values. For example, the value
placed on marriage and religion differs among the people in your two
archetypal towns. What forces have created this divide? To what extent
have economic trends, such as a lack of employment opportunities,
contributed to the divide?
Charles Murray: In Coming Apart I deliberately avoided talking about
causes, and the reason for that was to enable people on the left to read
the book without giving up on it. In my own view, many of the left’s
policies, starting in the 1960s, contributed to this breakdown. They
contributed to the breakdown of the family; they contributed to rising
crime; they indirectly contributed to declining religiosity; and, above
all, they contributed to the withdrawal of a lot of males from the
labour force. Those policies weren’t the only causes, but I didn’t want
to talk about those I had discussed in an earlier book, Losing Ground.
Instead, I wanted my audience to confront the fact that this division
between top and bottom had occurred.
However, in terms of the forces driving this division, I would say the
economy’s role has been vastly overstated. My reasons for saying that
are, first, that we have had a natural experiment. We have had prolonged
periods in the US where the job market has been tight, with more jobs
than workers: we had scattered years in the 1970s, for instance; then we
had a period in the mid 1980s, during the second term of the Reagan
administration; and, most obviously, in the latter half of the 1990s,
labour markets were very tight. Yet during all of this time we saw the
low-skilled, poorly educated workers of Fishtown drop out of the labour
force. If the labour market was to blame, then presumably males would
have come back into the labour market during those periods – they did
not. The decline slowed somewhat during those periods, but it did not
reverse. So, when people say, ‘oh, we can solve this problem by creating
plenty of jobs at good pay’, I say, we tried that. You have to tell me
what is going to be different about a tight labour market in the future,
that was different from, say, the latter half of the 1990s.
I think the much larger changes in the culture were driven by, as I
mentioned, a variety of social policies that I discussed in Losing
Ground. But I should add to those a couple of others. First, the
invention of the birth control pill, which liberated women from the fear
of pregnancy and generated a sexual revolution. This led to a situation
in which males’ incentives for marriage changed. A major incentive for a
young male to marry prior to 1960 was to have regular sexual access to a
woman, which was hard to do at that time if you were not wealthy or
otherwise in a fortunate position.
So are working-class Americans angry? Yeah. And is Trump a vehicle for expressing that anger? Absolutely
Second, feminism. Women were able to get into the labour market in ways
they had not before. It was a good thing to happen, but it also
fundamentally changed the role and status of the working-class male. So
before the entrance of women into the workplace, he could say ‘I am the
head of the family; I am putting food on the table, and a roof over the
heads of my children’, which gave him not only a personal sense of
satisfaction, but also a status within the community. But the role and
status of males changed when so many women started to become
economically independent of men.
So, it’s a classic case of many forces creating the problem I described
in Coming Apart. Forces which were progressive – I’m glad that the
feminist revolution occurred, I’m glad that better contraception was
available for women. But they had collateral effects which were
problematic.
Collins: You paint a fairly bleak picture of life in Fishtown.
People are not only poor but despairing, and otherwise leading difficult
lives. Do you think the elite is to blame for Fishtown? Do the people
of Fishtown have any culpability for their situation?
Murray: The people of Fishtown have a lot of responsibility for what’s
gone on. If you go to a Fishtown in the US – that includes lots of small
towns in the Midwest and West, as well as urban working-class
neighbourhoods – you will see, for example, lots of healthy, able-bodied
males in their twenties and thirties, who are not working. They are not
looking for work; they do not take jobs if they are available; and they
spend their lives essentially playing video games. That’s not really an
exaggeration. The statistics on the number of hours spent by these guys
on video games are stunning.
Now, it is a classic argument of the left to say, ‘ah, they are
demoralised. They are not responsible for their decisions.’ And I agree,
in some sense they are demoralised. But I also do not want to deprive
them of moral agency. They have the option to behave differently. There
are people in those same communities who are behaving differently. There
are men who are in the labour market, are employed, are doing the right
thing. So, if you talk about the new lower class, there are two points
to make. One, do forces outside the control of the people in those
communities have a bearing on their lives? Absolutely. Two, does that
excuse them from the choices they make, to live off of others –
girlfriends, parents, friends, the government? No, it does not excuse
them from making those choices.
Collins: Coming Apart was published in 2012. Have the culture divisions
you identified in the book persisted? Have they evolved at all?
Murray: The divisions have continued to get worse, but not that rapidly.
For example, if you look at the marriage rate for guys in their
thirties and forties, it hasn’t fallen much more than had it done when I
compiled my data (in 2010) for Coming Apart. So have things gotten a
lot worse over the past six years? Not a lot, but they have gotten
worse. The thing that I did not pick up on in Coming Apart was the
decline in working-class women’s labour-force participation, which is
quite pronounced. I did look at women’s labour participation while
writing Coming Apart, but my breakdowns did not trigger the recognition
of how large that reduction was. So, it’s not just demoralisation among
men any more; it’s demoralisation among women as well, and that’s been
going on since the early 2000s. That’s one thing which I think has
probably gotten worse.
Also, I should add, that there was a confirmation of the radical change
that’s going on, in the work of the Nobel Prize-winner Angus Deaton and
his co-author, Anne Case, who documented an astonishing rise in death
rates among lower-class whites, from diseases related to addiction,
substance abuse, and so on. This trend is also an indirect indicator of a
huge cultural change for the worse in working-class America.
Collins: Do you see the culture divides and trends you identified in Coming Apart as contributing to the rise of Donald Trump?
Murray: Yes, I do. There are two developments. First, if you look at
those people who are out of the labour force – what I call the ‘new
lower class’ – they are no longer participating in the major
institutions of American society. To put it crudely, I think they look
upon Trump as sticking it to the man in a way they find gratifying. But I
think they also look upon this as entertainment. I’m exaggerating to
some extent, but there’s a sentiment of ‘well, this is a really
interesting reality show, look at what this guy is getting away with,
with all his outrageous stuff – let’s see what happens next’.
The elites are promulgating policies for which they do not pay the price. That’s true of immigration, that’s true of education
Then you have other people in the white working class who are getting
married, holding jobs, playing by the rules – and they are pissed as
hell. They see all of these shenanigans among the elites, the Wall
Street types, for instance, with their 20,000-square-foot mansions. And
most aggravating of all, they have to suffer the cognitive elite’s
incredible smugness and condescension. The elites don’t even bother to
hide this condescension towards the white working class. They are
constantly making fun of rednecks, of evangelical Christians. And they
talk about ‘flyover country’, as if nothing between the East Coast and
West Coast really makes any difference. Indeed, cognitive elites are
contemptuous of the working class. At the same time, working-class
people, trying hard to makes ends meet, are being faced with an awful
lot of competition for work from an influx of low-skilled, immigrant
labour – an influx that the elites have encouraged and done nothing to
stop. So, are they angry? Yeah. And is Trump a vehicle for expressing
that anger? Absolutely.
More
HERE
************************
For more blog postings from me, see
TONGUE-TIED,
EDUCATION WATCH INTERNATIONAL,
GREENIE WATCH,
POLITICAL CORRECTNESS WATCH,
AUSTRALIAN POLITICS, and
Paralipomena (Occasionally updated), a
Coral reef compendium and
an IQ compendium. (Both updated as news items come in).
GUN WATCH is now mainly put together by Dean Weingarten. I also put up occasional updates on my
Personal blog and each day I gather together my most substantial current writings on
A WESTERN HEART.
Email me
here (Hotmail address). My Home Pages are
here (Academic) or
here (Pictorial) or
here (Personal)
***************************
11 September, 2016
The ‘False Economy’
With Donald Trump’s use over Labor Day of the phrase the “false economy”
we finally have a candidate who is getting to the bottom of the
so-called Obama recovery. On the one hand the President’s approval
ratings are above 50%. On the other hand, vast majorities think the
country is moving in the wrong direction. Official unemployment is below
5%, but because the job participation rate is at its lowest point in
decades. The government has racked up more debt than all previous
administrations combined. Yet it has eked out growth of less than 2%.
To millions of Americans this is just unreal — and Mr. Trump, in the
most important and even radical feature of his demarche, lays the blame
at the clay feet of the Federal Reserve. The GOP nominee, speaking to
newspapermen on his campaign plane, accused the Fed, as Reuters
paraphrased him, “of keeping interest rates low to help President Barack
Obama.” He’d been asked about interest rates. Said The Donald: “They’re
keeping the rates down so that everything else doesn’t go down. We have
a very false economy,” he said.
We don’t think we’ve heard a presidential candidate talk about the
economy in quite this way — at least not since Congressman Ron Paul,
whom James Grant likes to call the “party of one,” sought the GOP
nomination. Not that Mr. Trump’s ideas are so heretical. “At some point
the rates are going to have to change,” Reuters quoted him as saying.
Both the Wall Street Journal and economist David Malpass have been
making that point for months (or years). “The only thing that is
strong,” Reuters quoted Mr. Trump as saying, “is the artificial stock
market.”
This strikes us as a positive development in Mr. Trump’s campaign. It
puts him in front on the economy and leaves Mrs. Clinton with few
options than to put a falsely rosy tint on an economy that has stranded
tens of millions of Americans. She has abandoned, in the Trans Pacific
Partnership, the very trade agreement that she once praised as ideal and
that is a lynchpin to the pivot to Asia for which the administration
forsook victory in the Middle East. And she offers little but tax
increases, spending, borrowing, and regulation as a forward strategy.
Mr. Trump, by contrast, can take the next step and address the monetary
question. If the Fed has failed — and it is not the only central bank
that has had and that has found itself without further monetary
ammunition — can monetary reform be far behind? The most significant
monetary move in the past month, in our view, was the endorsement by the
Wall Street Journal of a proper monetary commission, which is now
before the Senate. That would put the GOP candidate on the same page
with the Speaker, Paul Ryan, and Congressman Kevin Brady.
Chairman Brady has been plumping for a centennial monetary commission
for several years now, starting when he was chairman of the Joint
Economic Committee and continuing into his chairmanship of Ways and
Means. What an alignment of leadership he and Messrs. Ryan and Trump and
a Vice President Pence could provide. The commission would open up the
whole question of monetary policy, including whether to return America
to a system of a dollar defined in gold. In using the phrase “false
economy” Mr. Trump has signaled that he comprehends that we need to
reconnect the economy to some measure of value that is real.
SOURCE
**************************
UK to Build a Wall — Sound Familiar?
Great Britain will build a wall in Calais, France, in order to help
prevent illegal immigration. The recent surge of migrants coming into
Europe from the middle east has been cited as one of the primary factors
in the UK’s recent vote to exit the European Union. The British plan is
to build a 13 foot wall around the port of Calais, which is the busiest
port between the two countries. The Brits say that the wall is needed
to better prevent illegal immigrants from jumping on board ships or
intercepting vehicles in order to gain entry into the UK where they can
then lodge applications as asylum seekers.
Donald Trump and his pledge to build a wall along the American southern
border with Mexico has been much maligned by Hillary Clinton who once
supported a wall herself, Democrats and some Republicans as a ridiculous
and impractical plan. Yet Trump and company have repeatedly highlighted
the effectiveness of walls — such as the wall separating Israel from
the Palestinian West Bank, which has been credited with helping to limit
terrorist attacks. As Trump said to a crowd in New Hampshire last year,
“You ask Israel whether or not a wall works.” Well, it appears that the
British government certainly thinks that it does.
SOURCE
*****************************
Media bias
************************
China claims to have developed radar that can detect STEALTH jets
The F35 will be obsolete before it is fully operational. Its
only strong feature is its stealth capacity. It is slow and
unmaneuverable otherwise. There have been reports of Russia defeating
stealth too
A Chinese firm has claimed that they have developed radar technology
that can detect stealth jets. The quantum radar was reportedly created
by Intelligent Perception Technology, a branch of defence and
electronics firm CETC.
They claim it is capable of detecting a target at a range of 60 miles
and according to the Xinhua news agency, it was successfully tested last
month.
It is believed the radar uses quantum entanglement photons, which means
it has better detection capabilities than conventional systems. This
means it can more easily track modern aircraft that use stealth
technology or baffle enemy radar.
The new technology also comes after China launched the world's first
quantum communications satellite, which uses quantum entanglement to
solve codes.
SOURCE
****************************
Navy Mismanagement of Carrier Force Bites America
The Navy is in a world of hurt. It’s less than half the size it was when
Ronald Reagan left office. Carrier air wings have fewer combat aircraft
than they did in 1991 — about 33% less. We’ve gone from 15 carriers to
10. Now, the Navy’s newest carrier, the USS Gerald R. Ford (CVN 78), may
not be able to deploy on time, leaving America short one more carrier.
That’s not a good thing. The ChiComs have played a Cersei Lannister
gambit in the South China Sea — and that puts American allies like the
Philippines in a bind. America also has to confront the presence of
China’s DF-21 anti-ship ballistic missile — which, while overhyped,
still inflicts virtual attrition on a Navy with too few hulls.
How did we get here? First, the Navy chose to prematurely retire the USS
Enterprise (CVN 65), banking on the Ford being ready to fill in. Even
though Newport News Shipbuilding could have done a second overhaul on
the Big E, the Obama administration ignored the growing threats from
China, Iran (which has been harassing American ships), and the Islamic
State (not to mention the fact that the Russian reset wasn’t quite
working), and went ahead with the scrapping process. Second, the Obama
administration began to scrap seven older carriers that were being kept
in reserve.
Did we mention the world was getting more dangerous while we junk eight major strategic assets?
It took almost seven years from laying the Gerald R. Ford’s keel to
getting her to this point, and even then, with all of the new technology
on board — like the electromagnetic catapults, the AN/SPY-3 radar, and
new arresting gear — it may take time even after she’s commissioned for
her to be ready to deploy.
You’d think that Secretary of the Navy Ray Mabus would have acted to
address this before it got too severe. But Mabus has been more
interested in dissing Navy heroes who don’t buy into the politically
correct changes in DOD policy he and others have been pushing.
Sadly, the Navy’s carrier force isn’t the only place there the
mismanagement of our forces has been a continuing trend. Three of the
Navy’s Freedom-class littoral combat ships have suffered damage to their
engines. The Marine Corps has been struggling to find sufficient
numbers of flyable F/A-18 Hornets. The Air Force is falling short of
pilots. Army OH-58s are getting older as proposed replacements like the
RAH-66 and ARH-70 fall victim to the budget axe. Even ground troops
could see defense cuts rob them of the game-changing XM25 “Punisher,”
officially known as the Counter Defilade Target Engagement (CDTE)
System, even though it performed well in operational testing in
Afghanistan.
Cuts like these, not to mention the onslaught of political correctness
and social engineering, don’t just hurt the material performance of our
troops. As Mark Alexander wrote Wednesday, they also kill the military’s
most valuable resource — morale. That means troops, some with combat
experience, may retire or not re-enlist, creating a vicious cycle of
declining readiness due to subpar training due to loss of experience.
Reversing this trend won’t be easy, but it will be essential. Because an
unprepared military invites aggression — which will be far more
expensive in money, equipment and lives than it would have been to
properly maintain our forces in the first place.
So how were those defense cuts a bargain, again?
SOURCE
****************************
The Coast Guard Needs a Boost
U.S. maritime borders should be secured, too
The U.S.-Mexico border gets a lot of attention. Yet here’s what many
people don’t realize: It’s probably the shortest of the borders the
United States has. The U.S.-Canadian border is longer, at 5,525 miles to
1,960. And America’s largest border is its 12,380-mile coastline — 65%
longer than the combined land borders the U.S. shares with its northern
and southern neighbors. Yet Customs and Border Protection, which handles
the land border, has about 50% more personnel than the U.S. Coast
Guard. Does something seem wrong with this picture?
It should. The Coast Guard, the smallest of America’s Armed Forces — and
the only one not under the Department of Defense — has multiple
missions: It is the primary maritime search-and-rescue agency; it’s
responsible for interdicting drugs and migrants; and provides port
security, law enforcement, national security missions, environmental
protection, maritime safety, maintenance of navigation aids, and
tracking of icebergs. It doesn’t just have a full plate — it has a full
buffet table. In 2014, the commander of United States Southern Command,
General John Kelly, admitted that 75% of drug smugglers were getting
through.
Yet the Coast Guard could very well end up with fewer hulls available to
put into the water — and that makes it unlikely that the percentage of
smugglers getting through will go down. Plans call for eight
Bertholf-class “national security” cutters to replace 12 Hamilton-class
high-endurance cutters. That process is well underway, and the Hamiltons
are being handed over to allies like the Philippines, giving them a
needed boost (although far from what may be necessary to deal with an
aggressive China). But eight hulls cannot cover 12 locations, no matter
how good each individual vessel is. Quantity matters.
The same issue is emerging with the Coast Guard’s plans to replace 14
active Reliance-class and 13 Bear-class medium endurance cutters. The
Offshore Patrol Cutter program plans to purchase 25 cutters to replace
27 for $484 million each. That’s pretty expensive, and here’s the kicker
— there may be a better option already in service with most of the
R&D already done.
The Freedom-class littoral combat ship has had its problems, to put it
mildly. However, in 2010, USS Freedom racked up four drug busts in a
SOUTHCOM deployment that lasted 47 days, and it made those four busts
while also carrying out three “theater security cooperation” port
visits. Furthermore, each of those vessels costs only $362 million — and
with no R&D, the Coast Guard could afford 33 vessels for the $12.1
billion that the Offshore Patrol Cutter is slated to cost. That would
give the Coast Guard 41 major cutters, as opposed to the 33 that they
would have if current plans went into effect. And a bulk buy like this
could further reduce the price.
But the Coast Guard has other problems, including a grand total of just
210 aircraft and helicopters. That total should be much higher, and in
2014, the Coast Guard retired its fastest aircraft, the HU-25 Guardian —
hampering its ability to respond quickly to drug smuggling or other
emergencies. The Coast Guard could also get some of its own eyes in the
sky by getting in on the Navy’s purchase of the E-2D Hawkeye radar
plane. Buying a dozen of those planes would cost about $2.15 billion — a
little over 25% more than the ransom we recently paid to Iran for four
hostages. It would do far more to make Americans safe.
Securing America’s maritime borders will be a need in the future —
particularly if the U.S.-Mexico border is ever secured. Drug cartels
will be looking for a new route to deliver their product, and if the
Coast Guard is stretched too thin, the sea may very well become their
avenue of choice.
SOURCE
************************
For more blog postings from me, see
TONGUE-TIED,
EDUCATION WATCH INTERNATIONAL,
GREENIE WATCH,
POLITICAL CORRECTNESS WATCH,
AUSTRALIAN POLITICS, and
Paralipomena (Occasionally updated), a
Coral reef compendium and
an IQ compendium. (Both updated as news items come in).
GUN WATCH is now mainly put together by Dean Weingarten. I also put up occasional updates on my
Personal blog and each day I gather together my most substantial current writings on
A WESTERN HEART.
Email me
here (Hotmail address). My Home Pages are
here (Academic) or
here (Pictorial) or
here (Personal)
***************************
9 September, 2016
What Really Creates a Peaceful, Orderly, and Prosperous Society?
The idea that genuine self-government—the system in which individuals
contract for the type of governance they prefer—must fail because under
such a system no one can make others obey the rules is stunningly
misconceived. On any given day, even in a world pervaded by states and
their dictates, nearly everything that people do or refrain from doing
is so not because the state threatens them with violence for acting
otherwise, but because they find conformity with rules—honesty, promise
keeping, careful handling of goods, avoidance of opportunism, working
hard and responsibly, refraining from shirking and malingering, and so
forth—to be in their interest. The world does not run on the state’s
threats of violence; it runs in spite of those threats. Notwithstanding
the supercilious declaration that “you didn’t build that,” you actually
did, and not because the state threatened to hurt you if you didn’t.
Many sanctions besides violence and threats of violence may be—and are
even in the world in which we now live—effective incentives for
adherence to law and order. Ostracization of dishonest dealers, for
example, works wonders, and in the world of modern communications it can
be more effective than ever. Many people conduct their affairs
honorably and fairly in order to preserve an upstanding reputation and
thereby to retain beneficial commercial and personal relations. Many
people subscribe to religious or other moral codes that regulate their
conduct and direct it into decent and productive channels. The state’s
contribution to creating a successful world is, as a rule, to stand in
the way and, all too often, to punish those who are trying to serve
their fellow human beings in free markets and other peaceful,
cooperative arrangements.
States don’t make our world peaceful, cooperative, and productive—to the
extent that it is so. Insofar as the world works successfully, it does
so in spite of the state’s characteristic bloodthirst, oppression, and
plunder, not because of it. Upon real reflection, the puzzle is that
anyone believes that the relationship is the other way around. People
who think, work, create, invest, plan, and carry out productive projects
make the world work. People who collect taxes, create mountains of
unnecessary regulations, threatening violence against those who fail to
comply with them, and devote vast amounts of extorted resources to
wreaking senseless death and destruction at home and abroad also make
the world work—but much, much for the worse.
So, to the extent that the state is necessary to make people obey the
rules, chances are that the rules to which it compels obedience ought
never to have been made in the first place. But don’t take my word for
it: open up the U.S. Code, the Code of Federal Regulations, the Federal
Register, and the corresponding legal documents for any of the state,
county, and city governments in the USA and see for yourself. If you
conclude that all of this legal outrage and the police who enforce it
make economic or moral sense, you may be a unique person, indeed.
SOURCE
***************************
Strange liberals
*************************
Post Detroit, the Press Will Redouble Their Attack on Trump as Racist
BY ROGER L SIMON
Fifty years ago exactly I spent my summer as a civil rights worker in
South Carolina. I am proud of my participation, but I did one thing for
which I am ashamed. I was reminded of it by Donald Trump's visit to the
African-American church in Detroit Saturday when he recalled that
Republicans were the party of Lincoln.
One of my tasks back then was voter registration. We would go to the
cotton fields and drive black field workers to the registrar's office.
Most of those workers were illiterate and I would sign for them as
witness just below where they put their X.
I would also -- and here's the act for which I am ashamed -- uniformly
register the field workers in the Democratic Party. In my snot-nosed,
Ivy League arrogance, I thought I was doing the right thing -- for them.
My world view then was similar to the one dominating the mainstream
media to this day -- though few of these journalists, to my knowledge,
actually participated in the civil rights movement. Nevertheless, they
came to identify with us, fighting second hand what they thought was the
good fight.
But for the last fifty years that's about all they did, identify with a
cause without paying any attention to the results of the policies they
and the Democratic Party espoused. It was a feel-good enterprise by the
press and a perpetual voter power grab by the Democrats. We all
know what the results have been for African-Americans, the inevitable
fruits of one-party rule as seen today in Baltimore, Detroit, and
Chicago, among so many other places.
Besides the fact that what I did taking it upon myself to register those
field workers as Democrats was probably illegal, or should have been, I
was helping, in my tiny way, create that situation we live in today.
This is a situation that is rapidly becoming intolerable.
That is why Donald Trump's outreach to African-Americans is the most
significant action of the 2016 campaign so far, especially for its
potential longterm implications for our culture.
The liberal media and their academic and entertainment industry allies
know this and for that reason they will redouble their efforts to
portray Trump as a racist. This is not just to defend the
pathological liar Hillary--can you imagine the moral cartwheels
necessary to support Clinton at this point?--but to defend themselves,
to justify the way they have been living their lives for decades, all
the "progressive" pronouncements covering up the most comfortable of
bourgeois lifestyles, as far from the inner city as Mars.
Donald Trump Should Go for the Black Vote—NOW!
The intention of the Founders was for the Fourth Estate to be the
people's watch dogs on our rulers; instead they have increasingly
become the willing collaborators and enablers of elites,
particularly of important Democratic politicians. Hillary Clinton's
house boy Sidney Blumenthal, who began as a journalist, is the
prototype, the selfish man masquerading as the "liberal" man,
personified. (Perhaps we need a new Biblical injunction: "By your emails
shall we know ye.")
Donald Trump has put them "up against the wall," especially by receiving
a standing ovation in, of all places, a black church. My how the
journos must hate him now.
I have seen this enmity personally, riding the Trump press plane on a
couple of occasions. I have also noticed how the press almost never
talked to the thousands of Trump supporters at the several rallies I
have attended, as if these people were members of some untouchable class
secretly migrated from the sub-continent. Actually, these
"untouchables" were remarkably decent and open-hearted people if you
bothered to communicate with them, some of the nicest I have ever met. I
never heard a racist word from any of them. They were also unfailingly
polite. You wouldn't know it from the reportage, but Trump rallies
have been among the most peaceful crowds I have ever been in.
Now that Trump has broken the code and actually solicited the
African-American vote, going personally to Detroit with more such visits
to come, it's important for all of us to support him against the coming
media onslaught, especially if we care about our African-American
brothers and sisters. The members of that community willing to welcome
Donald are some of the bravest people in our country, just as some black
conservatives are the most valuable and insightful of our pundit class.
I will conclude with a special nod to Dr. Ben Carson, whose presence on
the campaign trail has turned the neurosurgeon into the moral voice of
our country. Bravo!
SOURCE
**********************
Six Years After Obamacare, 11 Percent Remain Uninsured
Six years after President Obama signed the Affordable Care Act, or
Obamacare, into law, nearly 11 percent of Americans remain without
health insurance.
According to a new Gallup poll, 10.8 Americans are still living without
health insurance in 2016, more than half a decade after the president’s
health-insurance-for-all program was passed and two years after the
law’s individual mandate went into effect. Gallup notes the vast
majority of the still-uninsured are minorities, young adults and
low-income Americans.
The U.S. Census Bureau states that in 2010, the percentage of people
without health insurance was 16.3 percent. The percentage of people
without health insurance in 2008 – two years before Obamacare was passed
– was about 14.8 percent.
Additionally, 15.5 percent of respondents to the poll said that they had
lacked the ability to pay for their health insurance or necessary
medications at some point in 2016, a drop of only three percent since
Gallup asked the same question in 2010. The polling group notes:
Even though fewer Americans are struggling to afford healthcare, other
Gallup trends suggest that the Affordable Care Act may not be meeting
its goal of reducing healthcare costs...
Gallup also previously reported that since the individual mandate took
effect, there has been a rise in the percentage of U.S. adults paying
for all or some of their health insurance premiums who say that their
premiums have gone up "a lot" over the past year.
Gallup also recently found the number of Americans who say they're
"satisfied" with the quality of their health care has dropped five
percentage points since 2010.
President Obama touted Obamacare as a federal program that would ensure
each and every American had health insurance, especially those who could
not previously afford it. But the data shows Obama’s costly health
insurance law – which has been plagued with a botched
multi-million-dollar rollout, pricey penalties, costly legal battles,
underestimated Medicaid expenses, ever-rising insurance premiums,
deceptive marketplace costs and devastating financial impacts on some of
the nation’s largest insurers – has so far failed to cut the number of
Americans without health insurance in half in six years.
But it’s still the greatest federal program in the history of ever, because President Obama says so.
SOURCE
******************************
U.S. Military Spending Doesn’t Add Up
The Pentagon’s accounting system has long been held in low regard. In
2013, revelations surfaced that for several years the Department of
Defense had falsified its books. More recently, in June 2016, the U.S.
Army’s ledgers were discovered to have been “cooked”—by a whopping $6.5
trillion in a single year. Aside from intentional malfeasance and
professional incompetence, at least two fundamental factors have driven
the accounting scandals, according to Independent Institute Senior
Fellow Ivan Eland. One is the enormous size of military budgets—a size
far greater than what’s actually needed for defense.
The United States accounts for 37 percent of global defense spending,
despite its having geographic advantages (such as two huge oceans and
two weak neighbors) that make the nation intrinsically secure. While
9/11 proved that terrorism can pose a deadlier threat to the American
homeland than most had previously believed, terrorist attacks are
usually blowback in response to U.S. intervention overseas.
While defense policy is one cause of large and therefore more
scandal-prone military budgets, another driver is the permissive
attitude of certain politicians—namely, those who think that their
advocacy of more defense spending will make them more appealing to
voters than their election-year rivals. How might we stop these two
drivers of fiscal recklessness? Eland calls for voters to advocate a
complete restructuring of U.S. defense, such as “by transferring most of
[the U.S. army’s] heavy armored and mechanized divisions into the
cheaper National Guard,” Eland writes. “This would make it harder for
politicians to get the country involved in overseas quagmires on the
ground, but still provide a potent land force capability to mobilize in
case a legitimate security emergency arises.”
SOURCE
************************
For more blog postings from me, see
TONGUE-TIED,
EDUCATION WATCH INTERNATIONAL,
GREENIE WATCH,
POLITICAL CORRECTNESS WATCH,
AUSTRALIAN POLITICS, and
Paralipomena (Occasionally updated), a
Coral reef compendium and
an IQ compendium. (Both updated as news items come in).
GUN WATCH is now mainly put together by Dean Weingarten. I also put up occasional updates on my
Personal blog and each day I gather together my most substantial current writings on
A WESTERN HEART.
Email me
here (Hotmail address). My Home Pages are
here (Academic) or
here (Pictorial) or
here (Personal)
***************************
8 September, 2016
Happy Labor Day — If You Have a Job
The headline unemployment rate is at 4.9% after Friday’s jobs report —
about where it has been for the last nine months. But, the real
unemployment rate, when taking into account Americans who are now
chronically unemployed and no longer looking for work, is in excess of
10%. The fact is, a record number of Americans are out of the labor
force, and in a now familiar refrain, job growth slowed in August and
remains stuck in the same ditch it’s been in for the last seven years —
stagnating.
Cue Barack Obama’s Labor Day radio address, where even he conceded that
“too many working folks still feel left behind by an economy that’s
constantly changing.” Actually, they have been “left behind” by Obama
and his Democrat Party — they have betrayed American workers.
Let’s look at the Democrat record. A year after they took over Congress
in 2007, the housing market bubble, previously inflated by easy-lending
policies enacted by Bill Clinton a decade earlier, began a rapid
deflation. Democrats' answer to government-caused cascading economic
crisis of confidence was, as always, more government. In 2009 Obama and
his Democrat Congress passed a near-trillion dollar “stimulus spending
package” that did nothing to stimulate the economy and everything to
grow the size of government, while lining the pockets of leftist
constituents and cronies. Additionally, Democrats passed the so-called
“Affordable Care Act,” which has proven a colossal failure and an huge
obstacle to economic growth. So yeah, you could say the economy is
“constantly changing,” and the net effect of Obama’s policies have
crushed the middle class.
In regard to labor unions, one of the Left’s most vociferous captive
constituencies, since 2008 an estimated 500,000 manufacturing jobs have
been created, but none were union. In fact, since Obama took office,
labor union membership has dropped 4% overall. Commercial sector unions
are now at 7% down from 20% 30 years ago, because union labor is not
competitive. But, government employee unions – federal, state and local –
have now grown to 35%, because they are not subject to competition –
which explains the chronic lack of productivity in the bowels of federal
bureaucracies. However, state government unions will likely slide in
the future, primarily due to right-to-work legislation such as that in
Wisconsin, where teacher unions have sided with Gov. Scott Walker and
are decertifying their unions.
And as far as working folks being left behind, Obama has undermined
workers at every turn. He’s pushed for a record number of economically
suppressing regulations, a higher minimum wage that will price
low-skilled laborers out of the jobs market, and advocated a virtual
open borders policy, which has flooded the market with low-skilled
labor. In short, Democrats are bad for business, which means they are
bad for labor.
SOURCE
***************************
Misleading Statistics
Mark Twain famously said that there were three kinds of lies — “lies,
damned lies, and statistics.” Since this is an election year, we can
expect to hear plenty of all three kinds.
Even if the statistics themselves are absolutely accurate, the words
that describe what they are measuring can be grossly misleading.
Household income statistics are an obvious example. When we hear about
how much more income the top 20 percent of households make, compared to
the bottom 20 percent of households, one key fact is usually left out.
There are millions more people in the top 20 percent of households than
in the bottom 20 percent of households.
The number of households is the same but the number of people in those
households is very different. In 2002, there were 40 million people in
the bottom 20 percent of households and 69 million people in the top 20
percent.
A little over half of the households in the bottom 20 percent have
nobody working. You don’t usually get a lot of income for doing nothing.
In 2010, there were more people working full-time in the top 5 percent
of households than in the bottom 20 percent.
Household income statistics can be very misleading in other ways. The
number of people per household is different among different racial or
ethnic groups, as well as from one income level to another, and it is
different from one time period to another.
The number of people per American household has declined over the years.
When you compare household incomes from a year when there were 6 people
per household with a later year when there were 4 people per household,
you are comparing apples and oranges.
Even if income per person increased 25 percent between those two years,
average household income statistics will nevertheless show a decline.
When the income of 4 people rises 25 percent, this means that 4 people
are now making the same income as 5 people made in an earlier time. But
not as much as 6 people made before.
So household income statistics can show an economic decline, even when per capita income has risen.
Why do so many people in the media, in academia and in politics use
household income statistics, when the number of people per household can
vary so much, while individual income statistics always mean the
average income of one person?
Although individual income statistics can give a truer picture, not
everyone makes truth their highest priority. Alarming news that
household incomes have failed to rise, or have actually fallen, is more
exciting news for the media, or for alarmists in academia or in
politics.
Such alarming news can attract a larger audience for the media, and can
justify an expansion of government programs dear to the heart of
academics on the left, or to politicians who just want more power to
hand out goodies and collect more votes from the beneficiaries.
Even individual income statistics have pitfalls when they lump together
very different kinds of income, as is usually the case. Incomes from
salaries are very different from incomes from capital gains.
A salary is usually earned and paid in the same year. Capital gains
received in a given year can be paid for value accrued over a number of
years. If you paid $100,000 for a home or a business in the past, and
then sold it 20 years later for $300,000, have you made $200,000 per
year when you sold it or $10,000 a year for 20 years?
In the income statistics, your income will be recorded the same as that of someone on a salary of $200,000 a year.
What difference does that make? It makes a big difference when most low
and moderate incomes are from salaries, while incomes in the highest
brackets are more likely to be primarily capital gains — whether from
the sale of homes or businesses, or receiving an inheritance, cashing in
stock options, or some other forms of capital gains.
This means that statistics on income inequalities are often comparing
high multi-year earnings with lower single-year earnings — that is,
comparing apples and oranges.
Such statistical distortions are discussed more fully in my book
“Wealth, Poverty and Politics.” In an election year, it might be worth
taking a look.
SOURCE
*****************************
Labor Day: A Capitalist Holiday
How Grover Cleveland used the holiday to divide the Left
Almost no one pays tribute to the American labor movement on Labor Day
nowadays because America, despite its leftward drift in recent years, is
not a nation that exalts brawn over brains or socialism over
capitalism.
Americans don't care about President Obama's final Labor Day message, a mixture of facts and well-worn leftist propaganda.
"For generations, every time the economy changed, hardworking Americans
marched and organized and joined unions to demand not simply a bigger
paycheck for themselves, but better conditions and more security for the
folks working next to them, too," Obama said in his weekly address.
"Their efforts are why we can enjoy things like the 40-hour workweek,
overtime pay, and a minimum wage. Their efforts are why we can depend on
health insurance, Social Security, Medicare and retirement plans."
"All of that progress," he added, "is stamped with the union label."
Americans are smart enough to take Obama's socialist claptrap with a
grain of salt. This is a man who derides hard work, saying "you didn't
built that," and "when you spread the wealth around it's good for
everybody."
Americans respect hard work but they do not engage in the hateful
Marxist tribalism and redistributionism that consumes backwards,
kleptoparasitic states like Venezuela, Cuba, and North Korea.
"I think most people consider Labor Day an end-of-summer three-day
weekend," David Ray Papke, a law professor at Marquette University, told
the Huffington Post. "Very few Americans stop to reflect on the working
man, on labor, on the union movement or any of those things."
And that is a wonderful thing.
In America everyone is equal before and under the law, able to achieve
and chase their dreams, unburdened by ancient albatrosses like class and
caste. Americans don't care about the labor movement because it hasn't
done anything for them. They don't care that the movement is dying, and
in most cases aren't even aware it's in rough shape. And that too is a
good thing.
American statesmen had the good sense to create Labor Day more than a
century ago to help co-opt the always violent labor movement and derail,
or at least slow, the frighteningly speedy headway that the radical
leftists – communists and anarchists – had been making during the
Progressive Era.
Today most of the Left boasts that Labor Day is their holiday. The U.S. Department of Labor's website predictably gushes that:
The vital force of labor added materially to the highest standard of
living and the greatest production the world has ever known and has
brought us closer to the realization of our traditional ideals of
economic and political democracy. It is appropriate, therefore, that the
nation pay tribute on Labor Day to the creator of so much of the
nation's strength, freedom, and leadership – the American worker.
This fetishizing of workers is what one might expect with a Marxist in
the White House. So is the lie that "economic democracy," a socialist
concept, is any kind of an American ideal.
Contrary to what many labor historians say, the invention of Labor Day was not a victory for the Left.
Labor Day was created as a reaction to the organized, terroristic
violence of the labor movement. It was an attempt to placate the angry
bomb-throwing radicals who were trying to destabilize America when parts
of the country were ripe for revolt and other parts were actually in
revolt.
And it worked. Labor Day defanged the American Left.
According to the Bernie Sanders fan site, Jacobin, potential trouble was
brewing in the late 19th century when Labor Day was born. An article by
Jonah Walters states:
At the end of the nineteenth century, the American labor movement was
among the most militant in the world. From the stockyards of Chicago to
the coal mines of Pennsylvania, workplaces all over the country were in
open revolt. Strikes were commonplace, often leading to violent
confrontations between rebellious workers and private militias like the
despised Pinkertons. Even Marx held high hopes for revolution in the US,
speculating that the country's long battles over suffrage ripened
conditions for revolt. "Nowhere does social inequality obtrude itself
more harshly than in the Eastern States of North America," he wrote,
"because it is nowhere less glossed over by political inequality."
This social equality that Karl Marx bemoans, is better understood as
economic equality, which, of course, is a feature of markets and proof
that economic freedom exists. The fact that everyone is not forcibly
brought down to the same level by socialist schemers in government is
precisely what allows Americans to generate the kind of wealth never
before seen in any society.
Returning to the 1890s, there was an economic contraction that cut
demand for railway cars. This forced captain of industry George Pullman
to reduce his workforce and cut wages. When his employees went on strike
in May 1894, other unions refused to handle Pullman cars, a move that
disrupted commerce nationwide. In July, President Grover Cleveland
deployed U.S. troops to Chicago to preserve property rights and put down
the strike. Angry mobs responded by setting railroad cars on fire.
Soon after these ugly confrontations started, Congress rushed through
stalled legislation, which Cleveland signed into law making Labor Day a
national holiday. Pressed by the similarly named socialist labor
activists Matthew Maguire and Peter McGuire, many states had already
acted on their own before that. From 1887 to that point, 23 states had
created their own Labor Day holidays.
According to the House of Representatives historian, the new national Labor Day was an immediate success.
The response to the new holiday was overwhelmingly positive. Labor
unions in cities such as Boston, Nashville, and St. Louis celebrated
with parades and picnics. Large turnouts in Chicago (30,000) and
Baltimore (10,000) underscored the holiday's popularity.
President Cleveland was no socialist. He was also no fool. Labor Day was placed in September to divide and conquer the Left.
"To disassociate American labor from any connection with socialism, the
first Monday of September was chosen to honor American workers rather
than 1 May, which in 1889 the Second Socialist International in Paris
had designated as International Workers Day." (The Encyclopedia of New
York State, by Peter R. Eisenstadt and Laura-Eve Moss, p.853)
Unlike much of the Left, the writers at Jacobin are not in denial about
the origins and significance of Labor Day. They see Labor Day as a
corporate holiday, or a "boss's holiday." The real day for radical labor
agitators is not the first Monday in September, but is in fact May 1,
which, as noted above, has been long recognized as the day for
working-class solidarity. "Cleveland's choice to establish Labor Day in
September deflected attention away from another explosive labor action –
the Haymarket massacre of 1886, the origin of international observance
of the May 1 holiday."
Jacobin belittles the patriotic labor leader (yes, they used to exist)
Samuel Gompers, who was president of the American Federation of Labor
(AFL), which had opposed the Pullman strike.
Gompers immediately endorsed the president's holiday – Cleveland even
presented him with the pen used to sign the holiday in law. Gompers
later wrote a superlative column in the New York Times praising Labor
Day as the harbinger of "a new epoch in the annals of human history." He
made the absurd claim that Labor Day "differs essentially from some of
the other holidays of the year in that it glorifies no armed conflicts
or battles of man's prowess over man," and wrote scathingly about the
"dark side of the labor movement" represented by the Pullman strikers.
Labor Day, according to the leftists at Jacobin, "marks our historic defeat, not our triumph."
Which is why every freedom-loving, patriotic American should celebrate Labor Day.
SOURCE
**********************
For more blog postings from me, see
TONGUE-TIED,
EDUCATION WATCH INTERNATIONAL,
GREENIE WATCH,
POLITICAL CORRECTNESS WATCH,
AUSTRALIAN POLITICS, and
Paralipomena (Occasionally updated), a
Coral reef compendium and
an IQ compendium. (Both updated as news items come in).
GUN WATCH is now mainly put together by Dean Weingarten. I also put up occasional updates on my
Personal blog and each day I gather together my most substantial current writings on
A WESTERN HEART.
Email me
here (Hotmail address). My Home Pages are
here (Academic) or
here (Pictorial) or
here (Personal)
***************************
7 September, 2016
Can racial discrimination be harmless?
The Left clearly think so. Affirmative action is nothing if not
racially discriminatory. And even racial pride is fine, as long as
it is black pride.
The Left are in fact obsessed by race. It is on their agenda all
the time. The destruction aimed at is more subtle but they are
just as obsessed with race as Hitler was. New socialists and old
socialists are not much different.
But are there other forms of racism that should get a pass?
He is all but forgotten now but the leading racial theorist of C20
was Houston Stewart Chamberlain, who was admired not only by Hitler but
also by Kaiser Bill, the nominal German leader of WWI. Chamberlain was a
liberal, a passionate Greenie and a virulent antisemite. So let
me make clear at this point that I am not defending him or his
doctrines. The only thing we have in common is an admiration for
the people of India.
And that is my first point. Chamberlain was in his way
positive in what he said about race. His antisemitism,
although relentless, was incidental to his main racial theme: That
Aryans were a superior people. And he enthusiastically included
Hindu Indians among the Aryan race. He even learned Sanskrit to
study their early writings. It was probably the writings of Chamberlain
that influenced the admiration of Democrat U.S. President Woodrow Wilson
for Aryans.
So Chamberlain was primarily concerned not to attack "inferior" races
but to build up respect and esteem for Aryans, among whom Germans were
the leading lights. He in fact saw the Prussians, the skilled
warriors of Northeastern Germany as approaching an ideal type of
human being. But he also believed that others could aspire to
reach the Prussian ideal. You did not have to be born a Prussian
to be an exemplary Aryan.
So the leading theorist from the days of racial theory had primarily
positive aims. He was there to praise much more that he was there to
condemn.
But in Chamberlain's case, praise for one group went with denigration
for another group: Jews. So is that generally
so? Can one think well of one's own group without
denigrating other groups? There is much evidence that you
can.
It was a topic I looked at several times when I was doing survey
research among the general population. And I repeatedly found that
a person's patriotism and national pride gave no prediction of one's
attitude to ethnic outgroups. You could for instance be a proud
American and at the same time have no animus against Jews. All
combinations were roughly equally probable: Some patriots tended
to be favourably disposed to Jews while others tended to be critical of
Jews, with neither type of attitude being strongly felt. And there
were roughly equal numbers in both "camps".
Examples of my research findings on the matter can be found
here,
here,
here and
here. And simliar conclusions have been arrived at by others -- e.g.
Cashdan
So I think it is clear that it is not only on the Left that racial
sentiment can pass muster. There can be favourable views of other
groups with no vicious implications.
I for instance am firmly of the view that the Han Chinese are in many
ways a superior group. I think that in most ways they will in time
surpass my own Anglo-Saxon group. In some ways they already
have. They appreciate Western classical music much more than
Westerners do. Classical music has a following in the USA of only
about 2% of the population, whereas in China and Japan the figure is
about 6%. And the best interpreter of much of Western piano music is in
my view Yuja Wang, from Beijing.
Yuja Wang
And the rise of China has already been greatly beneficial to us
all. Almost all our electrical goods are now made there very
cheaply. And the ubiquitous presence of Chinese names in the
author lists of most academic journal articles in all scientific
disciplines has to be seen to be believed.
But will the Chinese rise always be benevolent? One might think
not if one knows Chinese attitudes. Most Han Chinese see the Han
as a superior race. So will that lead to aggression against other
races? The whole point of this essay is to argue that it will
not. Thinking highly of your own group does NOT
automatically imply hostility to other groups.
And there are practical reasons why we do not have to fear war with
China. For a start, why would they want to start a war with their
biggest customers?
More importantly, however, the People's Liberation Army is now so large,
so well-equipped and trained that any war against it would be
unthinkable. Any war between China and anyone else would have to
go nuclear almost immediately. And the Chinese know as well as
anybody that there would be no winners from such a war. Life on
earth could in fact be entirely wiped out, something only Greenies would
celebrate. So there will be no war with China. Nuclear deterrence
kept the Soviets at bay and it will keep China at bay.
But what about current tensions in the East China sea? With its
very large population, China has a great need for resources and it is
common for nations to seek such resources from under their nearby
seas. The USA does it; The UK does it and Israel does it.
The difference on this occasion, of course, is that there are other
claimants on control of the areas at issue.
But China now has firm control of the places concerned and because of
that, I also think that China has now established a clearly superior
legal claim on the areas concerned. By building up the various
shoals and islets into substantial bases with extensive facilities and a
population, China has simply acquired those places by right of
conquest. They took over empty territory and thus have an arguably
better claim on the territories concerned than the USA has on its
territory. The USA acquired already occupied territory by right of
conquest. China acquired empty territory by right of conquest.
So for a variety of reasons, I don't think the rise of China is to be feared or denigrated -- JR.
**********************
Conservatism in crisis
The truth is that Trump articulated, if incompletely and inconsistently,
the right stances on the right issues—immigration, trade, and war—right
from the beginning.
But let us back up. One of the paradoxes—there are so many—of
conservative thought over the last decade at least is the unwillingness
even to entertain the possibility that America and the West are on a
trajectory toward something very bad. On the one hand, conservatives
routinely present a litany of ills plaguing the body politic.
Illegitimacy. Crime. Massive, expensive, intrusive, out-of-control
government. Politically correct McCarthyism. Ever-higher taxes and
ever-deteriorating services and infrastructure. Inability to win wars
against tribal, sub-Third-World foes. A disastrously awful educational
system that churns out kids who don’t know anything and, at the primary
and secondary levels, can’t (or won’t) discipline disruptive punks, and
at the higher levels saddles students with six figure debts for the
privilege. And so on and drearily on. Like that portion of the mass
where the priest asks for your private intentions, fill in any dismal
fact about American decline that you want and I’ll stipulate it.
Conservatives spend at least several hundred million dollars a year on
think-tanks, magazines, conferences, fellowships, and such, complaining
about this, that, the other, and everything. And yet these same
conservatives are, at root, keepers of the status quo. Oh, sure, they
want some things to change. They want their pet ideas adopted—tax
deductions for having more babies and the like. Many of them are even
good ideas. But are any of them truly fundamental? Do they get to the
heart of our problems?
If conservatives are right about the importance of virtue, morality,
religious faith, stability, character and so on in the individual; if
they are right about sexual morality or what came to be termed “family
values”; if they are right about the importance of education to
inculcate good character and to teach the fundamentals that have defined
knowledge in the West for millennia; if they are right about societal
norms and public order; if they are right about the centrality of
initiative, enterprise, industry, and thrift to a sound economy and a
healthy society; if they are right about the soul-sapping effects of
paternalistic Big Government and its cannibalization of civil society
and religious institutions; if they are right about the necessity of a
strong defense and prudent statesmanship in the international sphere—if
they are right about the importance of all this to national health and
even survival, then they must believe—mustn’t they?—that we are headed
off a cliff.
But it’s quite obvious that conservatives don’t believe any such thing,
that they feel no such sense of urgency, of an immediate necessity to
change course and avoid the cliff. A recent article by Matthew
Continetti may be taken as representative—indeed, almost written for the
purpose of illustrating the point. Continetti inquires into the
“condition of America” and finds it wanting. What does Continetti
propose to do about it? The usual litany of “conservative” “solutions,”
with the obligatory references to decentralization, federalization,
“civic renewal,” and—of course!—Burke. Which is to say, conservatism’s
typical combination of the useless and inapt with the utopian and
unrealizable. Decentralization and federalism are all well and good, and
as a conservative, I endorse them both without reservation. But how are
they going to save, or even meaningfully improve, the America that
Continetti describes? What can they do against a tidal wave of
dysfunction, immorality, and corruption? “Civic renewal” would do a lot
of course, but that’s like saying health will save a cancer patient. A
step has been skipped in there somewhere. How are we going to achieve
“civic renewal”? Wishing for a tautology to enact itself is not a
strategy.
Continetti trips over a more promising approach when he writes of
“stress[ing] the ‘national interest abroad and national solidarity at
home’ through foreign-policy retrenchment, ‘support to workers buffeted
by globalization,’ and setting ‘tax rates and immigration levels’ to
foster social cohesion." That sounds a lot like Trumpism. But the
phrases that Continetti quotes are taken from Ross Douthat and Reihan
Salam, both of whom, like Continetti, are vociferously—one might even
say fanatically—anti-Trump. At least they, unlike Kesler, give Trump
credit for having identified the right stance on today’s most salient
issues. Yet, paradoxically, they won’t vote for Trump whereas Kesler
hints that he will. It’s reasonable, then, to read into Kesler’s
esoteric endorsement of Trump an implicit acknowledgment that the crisis
is, indeed, pretty dire. I expect a Claremont scholar to be wiser than
most other conservative intellectuals, and I am relieved not to be
disappointed in this instance.
Yet we may also reasonably ask: What explains the Pollyanna-ish
declinism of so many others? That is, the stance that
Things-Are-Really-Bad—But-Not-So-Bad-that-We-Have-to-Consider-Anything-Really-Different!
The obvious answer is that they don’t really believe the first half of
that formulation. If so, like Chicken Little, they should stick a sock
in it. Pecuniary reasons also suggest themselves, but let us foreswear
recourse to this explanation until we have disproved all the others.
Whatever the reason for the contradiction, there can be no doubt that
there is a contradiction. To simultaneously hold conservative cultural,
economic, and political beliefs—to insist that our liberal-left present
reality and future direction is incompatible with human nature and must
undermine society—and yet also believe that things can go on more or
less the way they are going, ideally but not necessarily with some
conservative tinkering here and there, is logically impossible.
Let’s be very blunt here: if you genuinely think things can go on with
no fundamental change needed, then you have implicitly admitted that
conservatism is wrong. Wrong philosophically, wrong on human nature,
wrong on the nature of politics, and wrong in its policy prescriptions.
Because, first, few of those prescriptions are in force today. Second,
of the ones that are, the left is busy undoing them, often with
conservative assistance. And, third, the whole trend of the West is
ever-leftward, ever further away from what we all understand as
conservatism.
If your answer—Continetti’s, Douthat’s, Salam’s, and so many others’—is
for conservatism to keep doing what it’s been doing—another policy
journal, another article about welfare reform, another half-day seminar
on limited government, another tax credit proposal—even though we’ve
been losing ground for at least a century, then you’ve implicitly
accepted that your supposed political philosophy doesn’t matter and that
civilization will carry on just fine under leftist tenets. Indeed, that
leftism is truer than conservatism and superior to it.
More
HERE
**********************
For more blog postings from me, see
TONGUE-TIED,
EDUCATION WATCH INTERNATIONAL,
GREENIE WATCH,
POLITICAL CORRECTNESS WATCH,
AUSTRALIAN POLITICS, and
Paralipomena (Occasionally updated), a
Coral reef compendium and
an IQ compendium. (Both updated as news items come in).
GUN WATCH is now mainly put together by Dean Weingarten. I also put up occasional updates on my
Personal blog and each day I gather together my most substantial current writings on
A WESTERN HEART.
Email me
here (Hotmail address). My Home Pages are
here (Academic) or
here (Pictorial) or
here (Personal)
***************************
6 September, 2016
Taiwan’s Social Safety Net Is the Street Market
Free-marketers are often ridiculed for suggesting the welfare state can
be substantially replaced by free enterprise: that we’re smoking funny
weed to even suggest that able-bodied adults would be better off with
more invigorating freedom instead of a debilitating dole.
The Case of Taiwan
Well, we have a fantastic case study in exactly this: Taiwan. With a GDP
per capita about half US levels -- between Spain and Portugal -- Taiwan
has a tiny welfare state paired with regulations that are both light
and lightly enforced.
Result? An explosion in commerce, and apparently near-zero homelessness.
Walk anywhere in a Taiwanese city and the streets are alive, all day
and all night, with a rotating cast of pop-up businesses that employ
mainly low-skill labor while making life a joy for consumers.
Hundreds of jobs, small rivers of entrepreneurial income all running off one little street.
To give a flavor, take one street near my university, Wenhua St. in
Taichung. Starting around 5am, farmers drive in and spread out their
produce on folding tables along the street. Shoppers are diverse:
elderly who can walk instead of driving out to a megastore, mothers with
kids, fathers cooking up breakfast.
Around 7am the farmers pack up and in move the breakfast joints,
unloading folding tables and stacking chairs off their pickup trucks.
Sandwich places, noodle shops, omelettes and full English breakfast.
These go until a bit past noon, when they fold up everything on their
trucks and out come the night crew: a different set of restaurants
selling fried chicken or dumplings, vendors selling clothes, watches,
kids’ toys. As the night wears on the beer joints open, selling hot soup
and a cold beer. Families, teens, and singles throng the streets until
3am, when the street cleaners come out in preparation for the farmers
coming at 5.
So hundreds of jobs, small rivers of entrepreneurial income all running
off one little street. Each patch of street is recycled 3 or more times a
day according to what customers want. And none of it would be legal in
most US cities.
The Beauty of Laissez-faire
Three interesting results come out of this laissez-faire approach to
small commerce. First, streets in Taiwan are full of shoppers all day
and all night. There are none of those dangerous urban deserts that
abound in American cities like DC and New York. You can safely roam
around at 3am any day of the week, and find tons of pop-up bars or
restaurants, packed with laughing people enjoying the night.
His friends’ first question was: what kind of shop will you open during your job-hunt?
Second, because laissez-faire allows a robust market to develop, street
food in Taiwan is safe, delicious, and ridiculously cheap. We pay
between $1.50 and $2 for a full meal, in a country where overall costs
are half the US level. So, adjusting for price levels, we pay $3 to $4
for what would cost us easily 3-5 times that in the US. As a result, my
family doesn’t eat out once a week like back in the States; we eat out 2
or 3 times a day.
Why so cheap? Because the market is substantially left to self-regulate:
if a vendor sells bad or dirty food, word spreads and they’re out of
business. Other vendors, indeed, enforce this since the reputation of
the whole street is at risk. The result is that vendors scrupulously
clean their equipment every day; indeed there are services that go
around cleaning your food-stall on hire. It’s like nested deregulation:
an unregulated service provided to an unregulated service that is,
ultimately, “policed” by customers themselves.
Freedom and opportunity: that is what underpins true welfare and security.
From my perspective as a customer, the end result is fantastic: clean,
delicious food that we can afford to eat every single day of the month.
By the way, that is apparently what most Taiwanese now do: it’s standard
for people to never cook in, but rather to just pick up $2 meals every
night for the family, only cooking for special occasions or for a
midnight snack.
Third, and possibly most important, is the impact on jobs and
self-sufficiency. A Taiwanese friend announced he’d lost his job, and
his friends’ first question was: what kind of shop will you open during
your job-hunt? Since it’s so easy to start a pocket-business, there’s an
entire industry that caters to them. You can lose your job, take the
bus, rent a food stand for a month, pay $50 to slap on some signage,
have it delivered to some high-traffic spot and get cranking that night
on fried twinkies, sausage-buns, whatever you think people want to eat.
So sling sausages by night, keep looking for work in the daytime, and
when you find a job just take the stand back for your deposit.
Freedom and opportunity: that is what underpins true welfare and
security. The results are striking: in 3 years here, in a city bigger
and poorer than St. Louis, I have never once seen a homeless person. The
closest I've seen is an elderly lady who grows orchids and sells them
out of a bag.
So choose one: job-killing regulations and a welfare state, or reduce burdens on small business and set the people free.
SOURCE
******************************
Surge of Migrant Children From Central America Continues Despite Border Apprehensions
A surge of migrant children and families fleeing Guatemala, Honduras and
El Salvador attempting to enter the U.S. via Mexico is not slowing down
in spite of the apprehension of tens of thousands of Central American
migrants by the U.S. Border Patrol, according to a report issued by
UNICEF.
The massive flow of families and children continues at the same time
that the U.S. government has announced it will expand a program allowing
refugee minors from the violence-torn region of Central America to
enter the U.S. legally.
UNICEF reports that nearly 26,000 unaccompanied children and
approximately 29,700 individuals traveling as families were stopped at
the U.S. border in the first six months of 2016. The majority were from
El Salvador, Guatemala and Honduras.
The report said some 16,000 Central American migrants were apprehended in Mexico before reaching the border in the same period.
The three Central American nations “have some of the world’s highest murder rates,” according to the UNICEF report.
“The flow of refugee and migrant children from Central America making
their way to the United States shows no sign of letting up,” it
concludes.
The number of Central American families and children stopped at the
border beginning in October of last year doubled from a year ago,
according to the Pew Research Center.
Meanwhile the U.S. government has announced plans to widen its
consideration for legal entry of Central American minors with parents
living legally in the U.S.
The Central American Minors (CAM) refugee program is currently
restricted to minors – and in some cases to a “parent of the qualifying
child” that is also living in Honduras, El Salvador and Guatemala.
The program will now be opened up to the minors’ caregivers, as well as
to a biological parent of a minor with a spouse living in the US, and
also to adult children of Central Americans living legally in the U.S.,
according to the Dept. of Homeland Security website.
The program expansion was announced last month, although a DHS spokesperson could not say when the changes would take effect.
The program was originally restricted to unmarried children under the
age of 21 living in the three Central American countries, with a parent
18 years or older legally in the US.
In some cases, a parent of the minor could be considered for U.S. entry.
The expansion will open the program to non-minor children, namely sons
and daughters 21 years of age or older, with a parent legally in the
U.S.
It will also allow consideration of “caregivers” of minors in the
Central American countries where the caregiver is related to the parent
living legally in the U.S.
And the expansion will allow a “biological parent” of a qualifying minor
where the biological parent is living in one of the three Central
American countries, to be considered for entry into the U.S.
According to Salvador Stadthagen, the director of the USAID-sponsored
youth program Honduran Youth Alliance, family members living in the U.S.
are the “pull factor” behind the surge of migrant children fleeing
violent crime in Central America.
“A lot of these kids already have family in the U.S. What we have
noticed is that when things get really bad in a community such as the
killing of a neighbor or a cousin or brother, then the mother and the
father in the U.S. sell whatever they have to sell to get their kids
out.”
Many of the Central American minors, Stadthagen said, “have never known
their mothers or fathers. Or the fathers left when the mothers were
pregnant or when the kids were very young.”
Drug-related gang violence was “fueling” the migrant surge north to Mexico and the U.S., he said.
Outreach workers like Stadthagen, as well a missionary and local pastor
in Honduras, told CNSNews.com they have seen significant progress in
reducing the violence, with improved policing and by providing
alternatives to youths who are either forced to join local gangs or flee
the country.
Violence and murder rates have gone down in the community of San Pedro
Sula, Honduras, 3.5 miles north of the capital of Tegucigalpa, according
to Paul Hutton of the Denver-based Mission’s Door evangelical group.
Local pastor Arnold Linares told CNSNews.com an “entire generation of
youth” has been lost to the crime and violence, but that now, “we have
seen a change in the community.”
“We are creating a model for the country. We want them to know that the heart of man can be changed by God.”
SOURCE
******************************
“Very Right Wing” People Are Happiest With Their Sex Lives
…they’re often happiest overall, too, according to a five-country YouGov poll
People who describe themselves as “very right wing” are the most likely
to be satisfied with their sex lives, according to a survey carried out
across five European countries by the polling company YouGov.
The survey of more than 19,000 people in the UK, Germany, France,
Denmark and Sweden, shared exclusively with BuzzFeed News, found in most
countries sexual satisfaction increased the further right you went
along the political spectrum.
In the UK, people with left wing politics were least likely to describe
their sex lives as satisfying (with 66% of people saying they were),
versus 73% for those saying they were “very right wing”.
In all five countries in the survey, it was the people with very right
wing politics who were most likely to be pleased with their sex life,
though in every country except Germany, people on the centre-right were
less likely to be satisfied than centrists.
The study also showed than in Britain at least, people with right wing
and very right wing politics were markedly happier overall than their
left wing counterparts – but this trend did not replicate across Europe.
The research was carried out for the new edition of the book Sex, Lies and the Ballot Box, published on Friday.
Joe Twyman, YouGov’s head of political and social research, warned
against changing your politics to improve your sex life. “There
are obviously numerous factors that might explain an individual’s sexual
happiness and this study does not suggest that changing your political
views would make you happier in bed (or on the stairs, on the kitchen
floor, in the shower and on the backseat of the car),” he told BuzzFeed
News, in unexpected detail.
“The old rules about correlation not equalling causation always apply.
Being very right wing doesn’t make you sexually satisfied, but
nonetheless, these results suggest it is, in contrast to at least some
stereotypes popular in the political world, those on the very right of
the political spectrum who enjoy their sex life the most – and that this
finding is true across a number of different European countries.”
SOURCE
There is a new lot of postings by
Chris Brand just up -- mainly about Muslims
**********************
For more blog postings from me, see
TONGUE-TIED,
EDUCATION WATCH INTERNATIONAL,
GREENIE WATCH,
POLITICAL CORRECTNESS WATCH,
AUSTRALIAN POLITICS, and
Paralipomena (Occasionally updated), a
Coral reef compendium and
an IQ compendium. (Both updated as news items come in).
GUN WATCH is now mainly put together by Dean Weingarten. I also put up occasional updates on my
Personal blog and each day I gather together my most substantial current writings on
A WESTERN HEART.
Email me
here (Hotmail address). My Home Pages are
here (Academic) or
here (Pictorial) or
here (Personal)
***************************
5 September, 2016
Did Jesus really speak in the mystical manner portrayed in John 14?
I must say initially that I am not challenging Christian faith
here. Christians believe that God used men to express divine
truths in their own way so the narratives from Apostle John can be seen
as just another way of conveying important truths.
But most of John 14 is rather a gabble. Christ constantly speaks
of being IN the Father and the Father also being IN him. He is
quite repetitious about it. He also however speaks of the
disciples being in him and he being in them so an allusion to the
Trinity doctrine cannot be read into it. If there were any doubt
about that, verse 28 puts it as rest.
As far as we can tell Jesus was a popular preacher so it seems unlikely
to me that he spoke in a gabble that would do a French philosopher
proud. So it seems unlikely that John was trying to present the
actual words of Jesus. My view is that he was trying to present
very emphatically something that Jesus taught. And what that is is
fairly clear. He was trying to emphasize a unity of belief and
purpose between himself and the Father. He felt that he was so
close to the Father that to see him was to see the Father.
So the passage is sensible enough if you allow for John's Gnostic way of
writing. And from the opening verses of John's Gospel we have it made
clear that John likes to present truths in that way.
Jesus also emphasises in the passage the importance of keeping his
commandments -- so he was emphasizing the importance of his
commandments by saying that they were also the commandments of the
Father.
The major puzzle in chapter 14, it seems to me, is what we are to make
of the Paraclete (helper) that Jesus will send when he is gone. Again I
think we have to look for a figurative meaning rather than accept some
sort of "Holy Ghost" story. And I think that the Paraclete must be
the whole body of his teaching which will live on in the
disciples. That Christian teachings can indeed be very sustaining,
we now know. The way the Bible Students (Ernste Bibel Forscher)
went to their deaths for refusing to bow the knee to Hitler is just one
example of that strength.
***************************
Trumping The Establishment
The Washington Establishment hates Trump, because he promises to put them out of business
By Scot Faulkner
Why does The Washington Establishment hate Donald Trump? It is not
because of his positions on immigration or trade. Pat Buchanan and Ross
Perot advocated similar stands in 1992, and they did not generate the
obsessive hatred being displayed in 2016.
Trump has declared war on The Establishment itself. In his June 16, 2015 Presidential announcement he asserted:
“So I’ve watched the politicians. I’ve dealt with them all my life….
They will never make America great again. They don’t even have a chance.
They’re controlled fully by the lobbyists, by the donors, and by the
special interests…. It’s destroying our country. We have to stop them,
and it has to stop now.”
So in a nutshell, The Washington Establishment has a visceral hatred for
Donald Trump, because he promises to put their system out of business.
The Washington Establishment sees Trump as serious about them being the
primary impediment to making America “great again.” He sees The
Establishment as lining their pockets, and their friends’ pockets – as
beneficiaries of the status quo. As long as nothing changes, The
Establishment will have their mansions, limousines, VIP tables and ego
trips.
There is much at stake.
Think of Washington, DC as a mass of “cookie jars,” each containing
delicious treats. There are those who control the cookie jars, those who
want the cookie jars, and those who can get the cookie jars.
Officially, these treats are distributed based on legislative mandates,
open competition, and documented needs.
In fact, the treats are almost always handed out to friends, and friends
of friends. Friends can be purchased. Friends help friends get
reelected, and gain power, and get treats. It is Washington, DC’s
“golden rule” – those with the gold rule.
Welcome to “crony capitalism”. Someone knowing someone who can
hand out favors has been around since the first tribes shared the first
harvest. The term “lobbyist” came from favor seekers hanging out in the
lobby of Washington, DC’s Willard Hotel during the Grant Administration
in the 1870s.
In 1905, George Washington Plunkett, a ward boss in the Tammany Hall
political machine, coined what could be the motto of Washington, DC:
“What is the Constitution among friends?”
Today, things have gotten way out of hand. Spending for Washington
lobbyists has tripled since 1998 to over $3.22 billion a year. Favor
seekers spend $24 million on lobbyists each day Congress is in session.
Campaign fundraising is another dimension of how The Establishment stays
in power. Over $750 million has been raised for House races and $520
million for Senate races this election cycle. Leaders of Political
Action Committees (PACs), and individual bundlers who raise funds,
dominate this ultimate game of “pay for play.”
Those brokering power become gatekeepers for funding and favors
throughout the Federal Government. This power comes from a truism
overlooked by everyone in the media: all discretionary federal money is
earmarked. The popular myth is that earmarks vanished once the
Republicans banned them when they returned to power in 2011.
In fact, they only banned legislative earmarks, and there are still ways
to work around that system. The President, and his appointees, earmark
funds as standard operating procedure. Even career bureaucrats
play favorites.
Favorites can be based on institutional, Administration and ideological
biases. Favoritism can also go to the highest bidder. This is federal
money flowing out the door as grants, programs, contracts, buildings,
leases and employment.
Other “treats” to be dispensed include regulatory relief, tax waivers
and subsidies. Favoritism is rarely purchased with money directly
changing hands; that kind of corruption occurs more in state and local
government. Washington level corruption is true “quid pro quo.”
The Washington Establishment swaps favors more insidiously. How many
times does a military officer get a major position with a defense
contractor years after he favored them with a multi-million dollar
contract? A Reagan aide granted a building height waiver near the White
House and quadrupled his salary when hired by the developer.
Grant and contract officers obtain slots at prestigious colleges and
prep schools for their children for making the “right” choices or being a
little lax on oversight.
Bush era National Park officials refused to prosecute the destruction of
park land in exchange for Redskins tickets. Obama era Fish &
Wildlife Service officials give wind turbine companies 5- and 30- year
exemptions from endangered species and eagle protection, so they can
slaughter eagles, hawks, falcons, other birds and bats by the hundreds
of thousands year after year – while “commoners” get fined or jailed
merely for “possessing” a bald eagle feather.
Hillary Clinton gets exonerated from a host of transgressions, in exchange for who knows what.
Everyone has their price, save for “true public servants.”
Trump promises to smash the cookie jars and end the reign of The Establishment.
Normal Americans are rallying around Trump. They are enraged at the lies
and duplicity of those in power. Many see a reason to vote for the
first time since Reagan. They want November 8, 2016 to be America’s
“Bastille Day,” marking the end of Washington, DC’s arrogant and
unaccountable ruling class.
Billions of dollars are at stake. Perks, prestige and power are at
stake. The future of representative government is at stake. Is it any
wonder that The Establishment is doing everything and anything to stop
Trump?
SOURCE
**************************
Trump boosts minority outreach with Philadelphia visit
Donald Trump was met with tears and gratitude as he sat with
African-American supporters Friday, including the mother of a slain
young woman who was killed by a man living in the United States
illegally.
The back-to-back meetings, held in a ballroom in Northwest Philadelphia,
underscored the balancing act the Republican nominee is playing as he
tries to expand his support in the race against Democrat Hillary
Clinton.
While Trump works to broaden his appeal among more moderate and minority
voters, he is also working to maintain his popularity with his core GOP
base by pressing his hard-line views on immigration.
At the invite-only roundtable discussion, Trump met with a dozen local
business, civic, and religious leaders who praised him for coming to the
city as part of his outreach efforts.
Trump was warmly received by the group, including Daphne Goggins, a
local Republican official, who wiped away tears as she introduced
herself to Trump, saying she has been a Republican for years but, ‘‘for
the first time in my life, I feel like my vote is going to count.’’
Renee Amoore, a local business leader, assured Trump that he has support
in the black community, despite his low standing in public opinion
surveys.
‘‘We appreciate you and what you’ve done, coming to the hood, as people call it. That’s a big deal,’’ she said.
In a separate development Friday, the Commission on Pr esidential
Debates announced that NBC News chief anchor Lester Holt will moderate
the first of three scheduled debates between Clinton and Trump scheduled
for Sept. 26.
The first and third debates will be question-and-answer sessions, with a
journalist choosing the topics. The third session will be moderated by
Chris Wallace of Fox News on Oct. 19.
ABC’s Martha Raddatz and CNN’s Anderson Cooper will team up for the
second session on Oct. 9, a town hall-style meeting with half of the
questions to be posed by audience members.
Each of the debates is scheduled for 90 minutes, with a 9 p.m. EDT start time.
The commission also said Elaine Quijano of CBS News will lead the vice
presidential debate between Republican Mike Pence and Democrat Tim Kaine
on Oct 4.
Trump’s meeting in Philadelphia also showed the challenges he faces making inroads with African-Americans and Latinos.
Protesters gathered in front of the building where he appeared, and a
coalition of labor leaders met nearby to denounce Trump’s outreach to
black voters as disingenuous and insulting.
Ryan Boyer of the Labor District Council said Trump ‘‘has no
prescription’’ to help inner-city people. ‘‘He did nothing for
African-Americans in 30 years of public life,’’ he said. “We reject his
notion that we have nothing to lose by supporting him.’’
The next stop for Trump is Detroit on Saturday, where blacks make up some 83 percent of the population.
SOURCE
**********************
For more blog postings from me, see
TONGUE-TIED,
EDUCATION WATCH INTERNATIONAL,
GREENIE WATCH,
POLITICAL CORRECTNESS WATCH,
AUSTRALIAN POLITICS, and
Paralipomena (Occasionally updated), a
Coral reef compendium and
an IQ compendium. (Both updated as news items come in).
GUN WATCH is now mainly put together by Dean Weingarten. I also put up occasional updates on my
Personal blog and each day I gather together my most substantial current writings on
A WESTERN HEART.
Email me
here (Hotmail address). My Home Pages are
here (Academic) or
here (Pictorial) or
here (Personal)
***************************
4 September, 2016
Goldman Sach & HSBC Recently Bought 7.1 Tons Of Physical Gold Bullion!
This is a straw in the wind. The banks clearly expect a
collapse in the value of the Greenback and want a better store of
value. They are probably right. With all the new money Obama
has printed, there has got to be a big drop in the purchasing power of
the dollar soon. I do have a small amount of gold but I am mainly into
blue chip shares and real estate. They should be pretty protective
in an economic crisis too
Mind you, being in Australia has extra
advantages. Our government has spent beyond its means too but has
financed that through borrowing (denominated in U.S. dollars), not
running the printing presses hard at the mint. And if the U.S.
dollar collapses, Australia will be able to get a heap of U.S. dollars
very cheaply and thus retire a big lot of its debts very easily.
A
wise American would put a lot of his funds into the banks of any major
country with a well managed economy. Canada would be a bad bet
there now it is the hands of Pretty Boy. There is no doubt he will
manage the Canadian economy badly
On August 6, 2015, Goldman Sachs (NYSE:GS) and HSBC (NYSE:HSBC) took
delivery of a sum total of 7.1 tons of physical gold. No, I have not
made any typographical errors. And no, I am not talking about electronic
paper claims. I am talking about shiny yellow metal stuff that you can
touch and feel.
The gold bars were not purchased for bank clients. They were purchased
for the banks themselves. How do I know this? They are designated by the
exchange as being for delivery to the bank's "house" accounts at COMEX,
not to client accounts.
Goldman Sachs, alone, took 3.2 tons worth of physical gold bars. Yet,
even as the firm builds its stockpile, Goldman tells clients not to do
it. According to Goldman's Jeffrey Currie, the long-term outlook for
gold is bleak.
They bought 3.9 metric tons at COMEX, no doubt at rock bottom prices,
and it was just delivered into the bank's house account. Note that we
are NOT talking about paper-gold. Both bought physical gold bars!
Apparently, top Goldman and HSBC executives are "gold bugs." They do
not, apparently, believe in the promises made by the gold trust
(NYSEARCA:GLD), or at least they are not willing to use the trust's
shares as a substitute for hard metal bars.
Physical gold is a long-term investment, everywhere and always. They are
not particularly hard to sell, especially now, but short-term trading
would be much easier with paper-gold products like GLD or gold futures.
Remember, vaults cost money, as do big men with big guns and the
knowledge of how to use them. The banks are choosing to accumulate and
hoard physical gold bars for a reason.
SOURCE
Note. Most new money is created via the banks. Printing it is mainly a metaphor.
***************************
Trump Delivers A Speech For The Ages
The media all called the speech a disaster but that was to be expected
One speech does not a campaign victory make – that is until last night
when Donald Trump delivered his much-anticipated speech on immigration.
The speech was, in its passion, in its emotional connection with Trump’s
audience, and most importantly in its substance, a speech for the ages.
And, we might add, in Trump’s adoption of the very language we here at
CHQ have used since his first major speech on economic growth, a renewal
of his promise to “forgotten Americans” of all races, creeds and colors
Trump Angel Momsthat hope and help are on the way.
While much of the establishment media commentary focused immediately on
Trump’s 10-point plan for reestablishing America’s borders and
immigration system in a way that serves and protects Americans first, we
think one of the most important parts of the speech was Trump’s vision
for his Administration beyond immigration enforcement.
It is “We will accomplish all of the steps outlined above, and when we
do, peace and law and justice and prosperity will prevail.”
What has Hillary Clinton got to offer to counter that?
The chaos and terror of open borders, the free-falling quality of life
of economic stagnation and the cultural disaster of Muslim immigration
that has destroyed Sweden and that is despoiling Germany and France even
as you read this column.
As important as that theme was to the speech, the most important
rhetorical element of the speech was how Donald Trump established the
need for his 10-point plan:
"When politicians talk about immigration reform, they usually mean the following: amnesty, open borders, and lower wages.
Immigration reform should mean something else entirely: it should mean
improvements to our laws and policies to make life better for American
citizens.
But if we are going to make our immigration system work, then we have to
be prepared to talk honestly and without fear about these important and
sensitive issues.
For instance, we have to listen to the concerns that working people have
over the record pace of immigration and its impact on their jobs,
wages, housing, schools, tax bills, and living conditions. These are
valid concerns, expressed by decent and patriotic citizens from all
backgrounds.
We also have to be honest about the fact that not everyone who seeks to
join our country will be able to successfully assimilate. It is our
right as a sovereign nation to choose immigrants that we think are the
likeliest to thrive and flourish here."
In those five short paragraphs Donald Trump threw down the folly and
conceit of Paul Ryan, Marco Rubio, John McCain, the Gang of Eight,
Facebook Billionaire Mark Zuckerberg, the US Chamber of Commerce and the
rest of the open borders econometric school of immigration policy.
And finally, Donald Trump framed the core debate going into the
post-Labor Day campaign as immigration and claimed the mantle of change
agent by challenging the Washington establishment and media:
"Instead, the media and my opponent discuss one thing, and only this one thing: the needs of people living here illegally.
The truth is, the central issue is not the needs of the 11 million illegal immigrants – or however many there may be.
That has never been the central issue. It will never be the central issue.
Anyone who tells you that the core issue is the needs of those living
here illegally has simply spent too much time in Washington.
Only out of touch media elites think the biggest problem facing American
society today is that there are 11 million illegal immigrants who don’t
have legal status.
To all the politicians, donors and special interests, hear these words
from me today: there is only one core issue in the immigration debate
and it is this: the well-being of the American people. Nothing even
comes a close second."
If Hillary Clinton has been looking weak and haggard on the campaign
trail she must be positively terrified now, because last night Donald
Trump rallied an army fiercely determined to take its country back and
reclaim the promise that she and Barack Obama have stolen from them.
SOURCE
******************************
Ann Coulter: Trump's Immigration Policy Address Was "The Greatest"
In an interview with Breitbart News Daily host Raheem Kassam, Ann
Coulter described Donald Trump's immigration policy speech yesterday as
"the greatest speech ever given."
"I think we can start working on the Trump transition team," she added.
"I’m just going to watch it whenever I’m not on radio or sleeping," she
said. "That was the most perfect speech, and Trump – I describe this in
In Trump We Trust, he is so brilliant. Every time you think Trump has
made a mistake – and I describe these incidents in my book, as with John
McCain, and we’ve seen it recently with the claims about Khizr Khan,
this snarling Muslim at the Democratic convention, lecturing Trump on
how he’s not allowed to venture opinions because his son didn’t die in
Iraq. Look, maybe I don’t know America, and maybe Khizr Khan knows it
better, but I don’t think that’s going over well."
"In any event, all throughout this campaign, he’d do things that at
first I thought, ‘Ah, I wish he hadn’t said that,’ and then I learned to
start telling my friends – who’d call me as if they could yell at me
for everything Trump does – and I’d say, ‘Just wait a few days. Let’s
see how it plays out.’ And look at what he did, with the stuff he said
on Hannity last week, on the alleged softening," she continued. "He got
every network to cover that speech live, the most magnificent speech in
human history."
SOURCE
*****************************
Economic Conspiracies
By Walter E. Williams
A general economic principle is that any law or regulation that
restricts market entry tends to impose the greatest burden on those who
can be described as poor, latecomers, discriminated-against and
politically weak.
The president of the NAACP's St. Louis chapter, Adolphus Pruitt, has
petitioned a circuit court judge to reject the St. Louis Metropolitan
Taxicab Commission's conspiratorial call to issue a temporary
restraining order that would force Uber to shut down. He says the order
would negatively impact nearly 2,000 African-Americans who work as Uber
partners in black neighborhoods that have long been ignored by taxis and
other transportation providers. In a statement, Pruitt said, "The
immediate harm of a (temporary restraining order) would strand thousands
of African American riders who depend on Uber to travel around a city
that has measurable gaps in its transportation system and has failed to
serve our neighborhoods for decades."
St. Louis taxicab restrictions are not nearly so onerous as those in
some other cities. In New York, the license, called a medallion, to own
one taxi costs $704,000. In Chicago, the medallion price in 2015 was
$270,000, down from $357,000 in 2013. Boston medallions currently sell
for about $200,000, and that's down from $700,000 several years ago. The
effect of these licensing restrictions is to close the market to those
who do not have hundreds of thousands of dollars or are unable to
acquire a loan to purchase a medallion. I'd ask my liberal friends: Who
are the people least likely to have those resources?
Entry restrictions are not necessarily a racial issue. Those who are in a
monopoly arrangement find it in their interest to keep outsiders out.
If they can do so, it means they can charge higher prices and earn
higher income. That means blacks who are part of a taxicab monopoly
share the same interests as whites in that industry.
There are hundreds of conspiratorial entry restrictions that work
against blacks. George Leef has a story in Forbes about a case before
the courts, Pritchard v. Board of Cosmetology. The plaintiff is Tammy
Pritchard, a policewoman who would like to supplement her income by
working in a hair salon owned by a friend. The salon specializes in
African hair braiding, and Pritchard wants to shampoo customers' hair.
After she had been working a few months, Tennessee Board of Cosmetology
officials barred her from washing hair because she lacks a governmental
license to do so. Under the board's regulations, an individual must
complete "not less than 300 hours" of instruction "in the practice and
theory of shampooing" at an approved school. Pritchard cannot afford the
time and money costs, so she has lost a source of income.
My colleagues at the Institute for Justice have waged war against
economic restrictions since 1991 and have had a number of important
successes. Among hair braiders the Institute for Justice has liberated
from onerous regulations are those in Arkansas, California, Iowa,
Washington and Missouri. The institute has successfully waged war
against taxi licensing and other transportation restrictions in Bowling
Green, Milwaukee, Chicago, Florida, Cincinnati, Denver, Indianapolis,
Las Vegas, Minneapolis and elsewhere. Its successes in other areas of
liberty can be found on its website.
The most devastating and difficult-to-change economic conspiracy is the
minimum wage law. The conspiratorial aspect of the law is that it prices
all people out of the job market whose skills do not provide the value
of the minimum wage. Put yourself in the place of an employer and ask
yourself whether you would hire a person whom the minimum wage law
mandates you pay $7.25 an hour if that person were so unfortunate that
he could add only $5 worth of value an hour. Most employers would view
hiring such a low-skilled person as a losing economic proposition, but
they might hire him if he could be paid $5 an hour. Unfortunately, the
minimum wage law is seen as sacrosanct, and that conspiracy will
continue in perpetuity — robbing youngsters, particularly black
youngsters, of a chance to get their feet on the bottom rungs of the
economic ladder.
SOURCE
**********************
For more blog postings from me, see
TONGUE-TIED,
EDUCATION WATCH INTERNATIONAL,
GREENIE WATCH,
POLITICAL CORRECTNESS WATCH,
AUSTRALIAN POLITICS, and
Paralipomena (Occasionally updated), a
Coral reef compendium and
an IQ compendium. (Both updated as news items come in).
GUN WATCH is now mainly put together by Dean Weingarten. I also put up occasional updates on my
Personal blog and each day I gather together my most substantial current writings on
A WESTERN HEART.
Email me
here (Hotmail address). My Home Pages are
here (Academic) or
here (Pictorial) or
here (Personal)
***************************
2 September, 2016
Bush=Nazi? Not so much
Despite the extreme abuse he received from the Left, I have
always described GWB as a sentimental Christian gentleman -- and the
report below by Taylor Griffin reinforces that
As a young White House staffer in the early years of President George W.
Bush’s administration, I was always struck by President Bush’s
kindness, warmth and genuine humility. I saw it when he choked back
tears as he comforted grieving families after 9/11. Or in the
camaraderie he shared with wounded warriors. But, I saw it in small
moments too. Here's one of those that meant a great deal to me
personally.
As I prepared to leave the White House for a new job opportunity, Ashley
Kavanaugh, the President’s secretary at the time, called to tell me
that the President wanted to invite my family to come visit in the Oval
Office on my last day of work. It was 2003, a few days after the start
of the Iraq war, when my brother, sister and father arrived at the White
House Northwest gate. This was a busy time for the President. I
anticipated a quick photo op. So, as we walked down the drive toward the
West Wing, I instructed my family not to linger too long with the
President. I knew that he had a great deal weighing on him, more than
usual, and had an especially tight schedule that day.
We were ushered into the Oval, introductions were made, and White House
photographer Eric Draper snapped a photo for posterity. After a few
minutes of pleasantries, I thanked the President and began to usher
everyone out.
As we turned for the door, he boomed, “hang on,” and motioned us back,
insisting that we stay a little longer. He asked my brother about his
career plans, my sister about her studies in college. He took the time
to get to know each of them. As we left, everyone was beaming.
Later, I thanked the President for how generously he had welcomed our
family. As much as I appreciated it, I asked why he had taken so much
time for a junior staffer and his family from a small town in North
Carolina? “Well,” he said, “this may be the one time in their lives your
family will ever visit with a President in the Oval Office. I wanted to
make sure that it was something they could remember.”
Everyone who has worked for President Bush has stories like this, my
friend Dana Perino has a book filled with them (here's one and another).
Many of these are far more awe-inspiring than mine (here here and
here). But, sometimes it's the small things that best illustrate true
kindness and real character.
SOURCE
****************************
Another wonderful Reagan story -- perhaps the best yet
Reagan was giving a speech at a school for the blind in the early 80’s.
When the speech and the question and answer period were over, Reagan
ordered all the journalists and photographers, and even his own staff -
including Bennett himself - out of the auditorium so he could spend a
few minutes with the children.
Later that day, Bennett was on the phone with the school administrator
and asked her about those last few minutes in the auditorium. The
administrator recounted how Reagan came down off the stage, sat amongst
the children, and allowed them to feel his face.
****************************
In Denouncing Alt-Right, Hillary Treads Where GOP Will Not
Jonah is a bit flustered below. That Hillary condemns the
Alt-Right confuses him. He does not seem to see that it is just an
update of her "Vast right-wing conspiracy". See sees demons where
they are not.
Jonah is broadly right in identifying whom the
Alt-Right are -- people who acknowledge racial differences -- but he has
fallen for a simplistic explanation for their motives. He cannot
see that it is a concern for the safety of themselves and those like
them that motivates Alt-Righters.
Black on white crime is a huge
problem that is swept under the bed by mainstream politicians
because of their refusal to talk about racial realities.
Alt-Righters want to get that conversation under way without shrieks
about Nazism, Apartheid, Jim Crow etc. The world of the 21st
century is different from the 20th century and we need to acknowledge
that and not go back to fight old battles that were won long ago.
There
is no general agreement among Alt-Righters about how to deal with black
criminality, but that it must not be ignored is universally agreed
among them. Getting the problems of racial differences out in the
open is what is aimed at
Last week delivered one of the most remarkable moments of this most
remarkable political season. A major politician defended the
conservative movement and the Republican Party from guilt-by-association
with a fringe group of racists, anti-Semites and conspiracy theorists
who have jumped enthusiastically on the Donald Trump train: the
so-called alt-right.
“This is not conservatism as we have known it,” the politician said. “This is not Republicanism as we have known it.”
That politician was Hillary Clinton, and that’s astonishing. Clinton is
normally comfortable unjustly condemning conservatism and the GOP for
the sins of bigotry and prejudice, not exonerating it. After all, she
coined the phrase “vast right-wing conspiracy.”
Her husband’s administration tried — unfairly — to pin the Oklahoma City
bombing on conservative critics, specifically radio hosts such as Rush
Limbaugh. Less than a decade later, she revived the charge in her book
“Living History,” tying the bombing to “right-wing radio talk shows and
websites [which] intensified the atmosphere of hostility with their
rhetoric of intolerance, anger and anti-government paranoia.”
Just last year, Clinton was comparing the entire GOP presidential field to “terrorist groups” for their views on abortion.
This history suggests that Clinton’s attempt to distinguish the party of
Paul Ryan from the alt-right was not the product of high-minded
statesmanship, but political calculation. The goal was to demonize Trump
so as to make moderate voters feel OK voting for a Democrat.
(Trump is not an alt-righter, but his political inexperience, his
anti-establishment persona, and his ignorance of, and hostility to, many
basic tenets of conservatism created a golden opportunity for the
alt-righters to latch onto his candidacy.)
If I were a down-ballot Democrat, I’d be chagrined. By exonerating the
GOP from the stain of the alt-right, Clinton has made it harder for
Democratic candidates to tar their opponents with it. What’s truly
extraordinary, though, is that Clinton is doing work many conservatives
won’t.
There is a diversity of views among the self-described alt-right. But
the one unifying sentiment is racism — or what they like to call
“racialism” or “race realism.” In the words of one alt-right leader,
Jared Taylor, “the races are not equal and equivalent.” On Monday,
Taylor asserted on NPR’s “The Diane Rehm Show” that racialism — not
religion, economics, etc. — is the one issue that unites alt-righters.
If you read the writings of leading alt-righters, it is impossible to
come to any other conclusion. Some are avowed white supremacists. Some
eschew talk of supremacy and instead focus on the need for racial
separation to protect “white identity.” But one can’t talk about the
alt-right knowledgeably without recognizing their racism.
And yet that is exactly what some conservatives seem intent on doing.
For example, my friend Hugh Hewitt, the influential talk radio host, has
been arguing that there is a “narrow” alt-right made up of a “execrable
anti-Semitic, white supremacist fringe” but also a “broad alt-right”
made up of frustrated tea partiers and others who are simply hostile to
the GOP establishment and any form of immigration reform that falls
short of mass deportation.
This isn’t just wrong, it’s madness. The alt-righters are a politically
insignificant band. Why claim that a group dedicated to overthrowing
conservatism for a white nationalist fantasy is in fact a member of the
conservative coalition? Why muddy a distinction the alt-righters are
eager to keep clear?
In the 1960s, the fledgling conservative movement was faced with a
similar dilemma. The John Birch Society was a paranoid outfit dedicated
to the theory that the U.S. government was controlled by communists. It
said even Dwight Eisenhower was a Red (to which the conservative
political theorist Russell Kirk replied, “Ike’s not a Communist, he’s a
golfer”).
William F. Buckley recognized that the Birchers were being used by the
liberal media to “anathematize the entire American right wing.” At
first, his magazine, National Review (where I often hang my hat), tried
to argue that the problem was just a narrow “lunatic fringe” of
Birchers, and not the rank and file. But very quickly, the editors
recognized that the broader movement needed to be denounced and
defenestrated.
Buckley grasped something Hewitt and countless lesser pro-Trump pundits
do not: Some lines must not be blurred, but illuminated for all to see.
Amazingly, Clinton is doing that when actual conservatives have not.
SOURCE
**************************
We Have Nothing Left Holding Us Together
Ben Shapiro
On Friday, a South Carolina high school stopped students from bringing
American flags to a football game against a heavily Hispanic rival
school. Why? The principal was presumably worried that waving the flag
might offend the Hispanic students. According to the principal, “This
decision would be made anytime that the American flag, or any other
symbol, sign, cheer, or action on the part of our fans would potentially
compromise the safety of all in attendance at a school event.”
This isn’t the first such situation. The 9th U.S. Circuit Court of
Appeals ruled last year that a public school in California could ban
students from wearing a shirt emblazoned with an American flag on Cinco
de Mayo thanks to fears over racial conflict at the school. The lawyer
for the children complained, “This opens the door for a school to
suppress any viewpoints that are opposed by a band of vocal and violent
bullies.”
Meanwhile, has-been San Francisco 49ers quarterback Colin Kaepernick has
been widely praised in the media for refusing to stand for the national
anthem during football games. “I am not going to stand up to show pride
in a flag for a country that oppresses black people and people of
color,” explained the man earning an average of $19,000,000 per year for
sitting on the bench. He continued: “To me, this is bigger than
football and it would be selfish on my part to look the other way. There
are bodies in the street and people getting paid leave and getting away
with murder.”
We’re watching the end of America in real time.
That doesn’t mean that the country’s on the verge of actual implosion.
But the idea of America required a common definition of being American: a
love of country on the basis of its founding philosophy. That has now
been undermined by the left.
Love of country doesn’t mean that you have to love everything about
America, or that you can’t criticize America. But loving America means
understanding that the country was founded on a unique basis — a
uniquely good basis. That’s what the flag stands for. Not ethnic
superiority or racial solidarity or police brutality but the notion of
individual liberty and equal rights before God. But with the destruction
of that central principle, the ties that bind us together are fraying.
And the left loves that.
In fact, the two defining philosophical iterations of the modern left
both make war with the ties that bind us together. In President Obama’s
landmark second inaugural address, he openly said, “Being true to our
founding documents … does not mean we all define liberty in exactly the
same way.” This is the kind of definition worshipped by Justice Anthony
Kennedy, who has singlehandedly redefined the Constitution. He said, “At
the heart of liberty is the right to define one’s own concept of
existence, of meaning, of the universe, and of the mystery of human
life.”
But this means that liberty has no real definition outside of “stuff I
want to do.” And we all want to do different stuff, sometimes at the
expense of other people’s liberty. Subjective definitions of liberty,
rather than a common definition, means a conflict of all against all, or
at least a conflict of a government controlled by some who are
targeting everyone else. It means that our flag is no longer a common
symbol for our shared definition of liberty. It’s just a rag that means
different things to different people based on their subjective
experiences and definitions of reality.
And that means we have nothing holding us together.
The only way to restore the ties that bind us is to rededicate ourselves
to the notion of liberty for which generations of Americans fought and
died. But that won’t happen so long as the left insists that their
feelings are more important than your rights.
SOURCE
**********************
For more blog postings from me, see
TONGUE-TIED,
EDUCATION WATCH INTERNATIONAL,
GREENIE WATCH,
POLITICAL CORRECTNESS WATCH,
AUSTRALIAN POLITICS, and
Paralipomena (Occasionally updated), a
Coral reef compendium and
an IQ compendium. (Both updated as news items come in).
GUN WATCH is now mainly put together by Dean Weingarten. I also put up occasional updates on my
Personal blog and each day I gather together my most substantial current writings on
A WESTERN HEART.
Email me
here (Hotmail address). My Home Pages are
here (Academic) or
here (Pictorial) or
here (Personal)
***************************
1 September, 2016
Clinton Economist Favors Force over Freedom
As Leftists generally do -- JR
Tyler Cowen
Few candidates spell out their policy proposals in as much detail as
Hillary Clinton, but there’s still room to wonder about how a President
Clinton would set her agenda for 2017 and beyond.
One clue comes in the naming of Heather Boushey to be chief economist of
her transition team, giving Boushey an inside track for a major
political appointment. She is currently the executive director and chief
economist of the Washington Center for Equitable Growth, and recently
published “Finding Time: The Economics of Work-Life Conflict.” That book
is one good source for which ideas might rise in a Clinton
administration.
The central insight is that American institutions do not support a
proper balance between work and family life, and that the burdens fall
disproportionately upon women. The proposed remedies are an extensive
set of government interventions, including paid sick leave, paid
parental leave, subsidized child care and better care for the elderly to
relieve care burdens on grown children.
Do we trust the legal machinery of government to be making that decision anew over decades of social and economic change?
This is a thoughtful and intelligent book, but for my taste Boushey holds too much faith in mandated and centralized solutions.
It is striking, for instance, that private insurance companies offered
prescription drug coverage long before Medicare did, and many business
employers offered benefits for same-sex partners before the federal
government did. When it comes to innovation, including benefits
innovation, the federal government is often a laggard, due to the nature
of bureaucracy, political checks and balances and the one-size-fits-all
feature of most legislation. I am therefore reluctant to give
government a much larger role in managing American family lifestyles.
Boushey portrays her policies as boosting rather than restricting
freedom of choice, but usually trade-offs are involved. She does argue
that recent state-level experiments show that mandatory paid sick leave
doesn’t destroy jobs, but there is not yet a lot of hard evidence on the
question. And what works in California may not be well-suited to
Mississippi.
The Long-term Effects of Government Intervention
Most likely, there is a big difference between short-run and long-run
effects. For instance, employers value the workers they have, and are
reluctant to fire them when labor costs go up. A lot of “pro-worker”
policies thus seem to be a kind of magical free lunch. Over time,
however, as a generation of workers turns over and is replaced,
mandatory benefits represent a real added cost, evaluated anew, and
employers will respond accordingly. They will cut the paid dollar wage,
cut other job benefits, require more hard work, automate more, or cut
back on plans for growing the business. The downward-sloping demand
curve is the best established empirical regularity in all of economics,
and in this context that means some laborers -- maybe most laborers --
will pay a price for their new benefits, one way or another.
So let’s say America’s future means better sick leave and pregnancy
leave for employed women, but a narrower choice of jobs, including lower
pay, for those same women. Is that better? And do we trust the legal
machinery of government to be making that decision anew over decades of
social and economic change? Keep in mind that there is an alternative
mechanism, which for all its imperfections is far more flexible: Let
companies and workers make such decisions through employment bargains.
Unrealistic Optimism
Boushey doesn’t estimate or indicate the expense of her proposed
mandatory benefits, although she does suggest on page 1 that the cost
would be “very small.” She is developing a new kind of supply-side
economics, this time on the left, but like her right-wing counterparts
she is running the risk of excess optimism about how much her suggested
improvements will boost productivity in the system.
I usually suggest comparing any proposed program for amelioration to the
simple alternative of sending people cash or leaving more cash in their
hands, whether through tax cuts, tax credits or outright payments. With
that cash in hand, individuals could try to create better arrangements
for child care, elder care, and other problems of work-life balance.
Some might work fewer hours or take lesser-paying but more flexible
jobs, relying on their cash transfers to make up the difference. Others
would spend the money on better neighborhoods, better health care or
better schools, or in some cases the expenditures will be wasted.
Freedom vs Government-Mandated Benefits
Might that freedom be better than receiving a big package of
government-mandated benefits? There is already a big distortion in the
employment relationship that comes from taxing money wages at higher
rates than workplace benefits. Workers, at the margin, actually receive
higher workplace benefits than they ideally would desire, relative to
being paid more cash. The way to remedy that misallocation is a lower
net tax on the cash, not more benefits.
A more left-wing version of the cash transfer query would ask this: If
workers can claim more resources from their bosses for free, through the
exercise of legal bargaining power, why not focus policy changes on
boosting minimum and mandated wages?
“Finding Time” doesn’t find time to address, much less resolve, such
questions. The most plausible response to these criticisms is that
individual Americans cannot be trusted to make good decisions for
themselves, and I am afraid that is the view being swept under the
carpet here.
SOURCE
******************************
Obamacare's Economic Assumptions Collapse
Economic reality is making it increasingly obvious that we are in the
midst of Obamacare’s long anticipated death spiral. Most recently, Aetna
joined UnitedHealthcare and Humana as the third of the "big five"
insurance firms to announce major cuts to its Obamacare exchange
business.
For insurers, it's simple math: Premiums collected must exceed claims
paid. If too few healthy, low risk individuals enroll to offset the
costs of insuring unhealthy, high risk individuals, the math doesn’t
work. This imbalance forces insurers to raise premiums on the low risk
individuals who do enroll to cover the costs of insuring high risk
individuals. The rising premiums cause even more healthy individuals to
drop coverage – resulting in what has been called a death spiral.
Aetna’s CEO Mark Bertolini explained that his company was dropping out
of the exchanges because "[p]roviding affordable, high-quality
healthcare options to consumers is not possible without a balanced risk
pool," and that “individuals in need of high-cost care represent” a
percentage of the risk pool so large that it “results in substantial
upward pressure on premiums and creates significant sustainability
concerns.”
The result: Aetna suffered a second-quarter pretax 2016 loss of $200
million and total pretax losses of more than $430 million since January
2014 when the exchanges opened for business. Aetna wasn’t alone.
In April, the nation’s largest health insurer UnitedHealthcare,
announced that it was pulling out of nearly all ObamaCare exchanges. In
2017, it will participate in only three exchanges instead of the 34 this
year. CEO Stephen Hemsley similarly explained that “[t]he smaller
overall market size and shorter-term higher risk profile within this
market segment continue to suggest we cannot broadly serve it on an
effective and sustained basis.”
UnitedHealth lost $475 million in the exchanges in 2015 and expects to lose $650 million in 2016.
The problem extends beyond big insurers. ObamaCare established 23
non-profit health insurance companies called Consumer Operated and
Oriented Plans (co-ops). According to the Center for Medicaid and
Medicare Services, they received $2.4 billion in taxpayer dollars
because they demonstrated “a high probability of financial viability”.
To date, 16 of the 23 co-ops (or 70 percent) have failed due to weak
balance sheets. Six of the remaining seven are on the brink of collapse.
As a result, the competition between insurers that ObamaCare counted on
to keep the quality of coverage up and the costs down is vanishing.
According to a recent analysis by the consulting company Avalere Health,
in 2017 nearly 36% of markets may have only one insurer participating
in the exchanges, up from 4% in 2016. Nearly 55% may have two or fewer
choices, up from 33%. The reasons: “Lower-than-expected enrollment, a
high cost population, and troubled risk mitigation programs have led to
decreased plan participation for 2017.”
The all too predictable consequence is daunting rate hikes. In an
ongoing analysis, independent analyst Charles Gaba recently crunched the
numbers for insurers participating in the exchanges. He concluded that
for 2017, the national average increase requested is a whopping 24.3%.
For the eight states that have approved rate hikes to date (representing
about 10% of the total population) the average approved increase was
25.6%. And that’s with current overall inflation at about 1 percent. So
much for President Obama’s promise that the average family would see its
premiums decline by $2,500.
Even President Obama knows something must be done. As recently as August
2nd, he proposed a “public option” government run insurance company
that would compete against private insurers on the exchanges. This
"public-option" insurer could operate at a loss indefinitely with
taxpayers footing the bill, driving private insurance companies that
actually have to turn a profit, out of the market. The result: A massive
taxpayer-funded government bureaucracy supporting a single-payer
healthcare system that eliminates consumer choice as well as the
competition necessary to keep benefits up and costs down.
Hillary Clinton, who sees more government as the solution to every
problem, has endorsed the idea. Perhaps those sceptics who saw ObamaCare
as an intentionally flawed plan paving the way for a single payer
system had a point after all.
But making ObamaCare more bureaucratic, economically indefensible and
politically untouchable is not the answer. Americans deserve quality
affordable care, not more bureaucracy. It’s past time to do something
that makes sense.
Any meaningful effort to repeal and replace Obamacare will require
cooperation between the President and Congress on a plan that
incorporates economically rational free market principles while
preserving ObamaCare’s most popular provisions. The good news is that
both GOP presidential nominee Donald Trump and Speaker of the House Paul
Ryan have outlined such plans.
Among other complimentary proposals, they both would encourage much
needed competition by allowing insurance sales across state lines while
using health savings accounts and tax credits or deductions to reduce
insurance costs. They would also increase the role of states to more
effectively manage and administer Medicaid (the state-federal program
for low income Americans that accounts for the lion’s share of those
added to the rolls of the insured under ObamaCare).
Ryan’s more detailed plan would, among other things, implement much
needed medical malpractice reforms and allow small businesses and
individuals to pool their collective purchasing power. It would also
preserve ObamaCare’s more popular provisions such as protecting those
with pre-existing conditions and prohibiting sudden cancellations if
continuous coverage is maintained.
At this point, it is evident that ObamaCare’s economic assumptions are
collapsing. It’s time to elect lawmakers who will offer effective
legislation, vet it through congressional committees and learn what’s in
it before they pass it. Trump and Ryan are on the right path.
SOURCE
****************************
It Pays to Be a Liberal
Wall Street is accused of many things — some legit, some not — but
flying under the radar is its alleged watchdog, the federal government,
which is actively utilizing an egregious form of blackmail that makes
banks' impropriety look like child’s play. Writing in The Wall Street
Journal, Freedom Partners Chamber of Commerce adviser Andy Koenig makes a
startling revelation of the federal government’s forcing large banks to
fund leftist fads in the name of “social justice.” Here’s how Koenig
describes it:
“The administration’s multiyear campaign against the banking industry
has quietly steered money to organizations and politicians who are
working to ensure liberal policy and political victories at every level
of government. The conduit for this funding is the Residential
Mortgage-Backed Securities Working Group, a coalition of federal and
state regulators and prosecutors created in 2012 to ‘identify,
investigate, and prosecute instances of wrongdoing’ in the residential
mortgage-backed securities market. In conjunction with the Justice
Department, the RMBS Working Group has reached multibillion-dollar
settlements with essentially every major bank in America.”
Koenig adds, “Combined, the banks must divert well over $11 billion into
‘consumer relief,’ which is supposed to benefit homeowners harmed
during the Great Recession. Yet it is unknown how much, if any, of the
banks' settlement money will find its way to individual homeowners.
Instead, a substantial portion is allocated to private, nonprofit
organizations drawn from a federally approved list.” Some of the groups
include La Raza, the National Urban League and the National Community
Reinvestment Coalition — entities with an obviously leftist bent. The
total windfall is unclear, but these and other leftist groups have
benefited handsomely off the $11 billion the government has managed to
purloin from the nation’s largest banks.
This sounds appalling — and indeed it is — but it’s not without
precedent. Consider that something similar happened with Obama’s
infamous “stimulus” package. The near-trillion dollar injection of
taxpayer funds went almost exclusively toward funding Obama’s leftist
cronies. As much flack as banks receive, their indiscretions are nothing
compared to what the feds are doing behind the scenes.
SOURCE
**********************
For more blog postings from me, see
TONGUE-TIED,
EDUCATION WATCH INTERNATIONAL,
GREENIE WATCH,
POLITICAL CORRECTNESS WATCH,
AUSTRALIAN POLITICS, and
Paralipomena (Occasionally updated), a
Coral reef compendium and
an IQ compendium. (Both updated as news items come in).
GUN WATCH is now mainly put together by Dean Weingarten. I also put up occasional updates on my
Personal blog and each day I gather together my most substantial current writings on
A WESTERN HEART.
Email me
here (Hotmail address). My Home Pages are
here (Academic) or
here (Pictorial) or
here (Personal)
***************************
BACKGROUND NOTES:
Home (Index page)
Postings from Brisbane, Australia by John J. Ray
(M.A.; Ph.D.) -- former member of the Australia-Soviet Friendship
Society, former anarcho-capitalist and former member of the British
Conservative party.
As a good academic, I first define my terms: A Leftist is a person who
is so dissatisfied with the way things naturally are that he/she is
prepared to use force to make people behave in ways that they otherwise
would not.
So the essential feature of Leftism is that they think they have the right to tell other people what to do
The Left have a lot in common with tortoises. They have a thick mental
shell that protects them from the reality of the world about them
Leftists are the disgruntled folk. They see things in the world that
are not ideal and conclude therefore that they have the right to change
those things by force. Conservative explanations of why things are not
ideal -- and never can be -- fall on deaf ears
Let's start with some thought-provoking graphics
Israel: A great powerhouse of the human spirit
The difference in practice
The United Nations: A great ideal but a sordid reality
Alfred Dreyfus, a reminder of French antisemitism still relevant today
Eugenio Pacelli, a righteous Gentile, a true man of God and a brilliant Pope
Leftism in one picture:
The "steamroller" above who got steamrollered by his own hubris.
Spitzer is a warning of how self-destructive a vast ego can be -- and
also of how destructive of others it can be.
R.I.P. Augusto Pinochet. Pinochet deposed a law-defying Marxist
President at the express and desperate invitation of the Chilean
parliament. Allende had just burnt the electoral rolls so it wasn't
hard to see what was coming. Pinochet pioneered the free-market reforms
which Reagan and Thatcher later unleashed to world-changing effect.
That he used far-Leftist methods to suppress far-Leftist violence is
reasonable if not ideal. The Leftist view that they should have a
monopoly of violence and that others should follow the law is a total
absurdity which shows only that their hate overcomes their reason
Leftist writers usually seem quite reasonable and persuasive at first
glance. The problem is not what they say but what they don't say.
Leftist beliefs are so counterfactual ("all men are equal", "all men are
brothers" etc.) that to be a Leftist you have to have a talent for
blotting out from your mind facts that don't suit you. And that is what
you see in Leftist writing: A very selective view of reality. Facts
that disrupt a Leftist story are simply ignored. Leftist writing is
cherrypicking on a grand scale
So if ever you read something written by a Leftist that sounds totally
reasonable, you have an urgent need to find out what other people say on
that topic. The Leftist will almost certainly have told only half the
story
We conservatives have the facts on our side, which is why Leftists never
want to debate us and do their best to shut us up. It's very revealing
the way they go to great lengths to suppress conservative speech at
universities. Universities should be where the best and brightest
Leftists are to be found but even they cannot stand the intellectual
challenge that conservatism poses for them. It is clearly a great threat
to them. If what we say were ridiculous or wrong, they would grab every
opportunity to let us know it.
A conservative does not hanker after the new; He hankers after the good. Leftists hanker after the untested
Just one thing is sufficient to tell all and sundry what an unamerican
lamebrain Obama is. He pronounced an army corps as an army "corpse"
Link here. Can
you imagine any previous American president doing that? Many were men
with significant personal experience in the armed forces in their youth.
A favorite Leftist saying sums up the whole of Leftism: "To make an
omelette, you've got to break eggs". They want to change some state of
affairs and don't care who or what they destroy or damage in the
process. They think their alleged good intentions are sufficient to
absolve them from all blame for even the most evil deeds
In practical politics, the art of Leftism is to sound good while proposing something destructive
Leftists are the "we know best" people, meaning that they are
intrinsically arrogant. Matthew chapter 6 would not be for them. And
arrogance leads directly into authoritarianism
Leftism is fundamentally authoritarian. Whether by revolution or by
legislation, Leftists aim to change what people can and must do. When
in 2008 Obama said that he wanted to "fundamentally transform" America,
he was not talking about America's geography or topography but rather
about American people. He wanted them to stop doing things that they
wanted to do and make them do things that they did not want to do. Can
you get a better definition of authoritarianism than that?
And note that an American President is elected to administer the law, not make it. That seems to have escaped Mr Obama
That Leftism is intrinsically authoritarian is not a new insight. It
was well understood by none other than Friedrich Engels (Yes. THAT
Engels). His clever short essay On authority
was written as a reproof to the dreamy Anarchist Left of his day. It
concludes: "A revolution is certainly the most authoritarian thing there
is; it is the act whereby one part of the population imposes its will
upon the other part by means of rifles, bayonets and cannon —
authoritarian means"
Inside Every Liberal is a Totalitarian Screaming to Get Out
Leftists think of themselves as the new nobility
Many people in literary and academic circles today who once supported
Stalin and his heirs are generally held blameless and may even still be
admired whereas anybody who gave the slightest hint of support for the
similarly brutal Hitler regime is an utter polecat and pariah. Why?
Because Hitler's enemies were "only" the Jews whereas Stalin's enemies
were those the modern day Left still hates -- people who are doing well
for themselves materially. Modern day Leftists understand and excuse
Stalin and his supporters because Stalin's hates are their hates.
If you understand that Leftism is hate, everything falls into place.
The strongest way of influencing people is to convince them that you will do them some good. Leftists and con-men misuse that
Leftists believe only what they want to believe. So presenting evidence
contradicting their beliefs simply enrages them. They do not learn
from it
Psychological defence mechanisms such as projection play a large part in
Leftist thinking and discourse. So their frantic search for evil in the
words and deeds of others is easily understandable. The evil is in
themselves.
Leftists who think that they can conjure up paradise out of their own
limited brains are simply fools -- arrogant and dangerous fools. They
essentially know nothing. Conservatives learn from the thousands of
years of human brains that have preceded us -- including the Bible, the
ancient Greeks and much else. The death of Socrates is, for instance, an
amazing prefiguration of the intolerant 21st century. Ask any
conservative stranded in academe about his freedom of speech
Thomas Sowell: “There are no solutions, only trade-offs.” Leftists don't
understand that -- which is a major factor behind their simplistic
thinking. They just never see the trade-offs. But implementing any
Leftist idea will hit us all with the trade-offs
"The best laid plans of mice and men gang aft agley"[go oft astray] is a well known line from a famous poem by the great Scottish poet, Robert Burns. But the next line is even wiser: "And leave us nought but grief and pain for promised joy". Burns was a Leftist of sorts so he knew how often their theories fail badly.
Most Leftist claims are simply propaganda. Those who utter such claims
must know that they are not telling the whole story. Hitler described
his Marxist adversaries as "lying with a virtuosity that would bend iron
beams". At the risk of ad hominem shrieks, I think that image is too good to remain disused.
Conservatives adapt to the world they live in. Leftists want to change the world to suit themselves
Given their dislike of the world they live in, it would be a surprise if
Leftists were patriotic and loved their own people. Prominent English
Leftist politician Jack Straw probably said it best: "The English as a
race are not worth saving"
In his 1888 book, The Anti-Christ Friedrich Nietzsche argues
that we should treat the common man well and kindly because he is the
backdrop against which the exceptional man can be seen. So Nietzsche
deplores those who agitate the common man: "Whom do I hate most among
the rabble of today? The socialist rabble, the chandala [outcast]
apostles, who undermine the instinct, the pleasure, the worker's sense
of satisfaction with his small existence—who make him envious, who teach
him revenge. The source of wrong is never unequal rights but the claim
of “equal” rights"
Why do conservatives respect tradition and rely on the past in many
ways? Because they want to know what works and the past is the chief
source of evidence on that. Leftists are more faith-based. They cling
to their theories (e.g. global warming) with religious fervour, even
though theories are often wrong
Thinking that you "know best" is an intrinsically precarious and foolish
stance -- because nobody does. Reality is so complex and
unpredictable that it can rarely be predicted far ahead. Conservatives
can see that and that is why conservatives always want change to be done
gradually, in a step by step way. So the Leftist often finds the
things he "knows" to be out of step with reality, which challenges him
and his ego. Sadly, rather than abandoning the things he "knows", he
usually resorts to psychological defence mechanisms such as denial and
projection. He is largely impervious to argument because he has to be.
He can't afford to let reality in.
A prize example of the Leftist tendency to projection (seeing your own
faults in others) is the absurd Robert "Bob" Altemeyer, an acclaimed
psychologist and father of a Canadian Leftist politician. Altemeyer
claims that there is no such thing as Leftist authoritarianism and that
it is conservatives who are "Enemies of Freedom". That Leftists (e.g.
Mrs Obama) are such enemies of freedom that they even want to dictate
what people eat has apparently passed Altemeyer by. Even Stalin did not
go that far. And there is the little fact that all the great
authoritarian regimes of the 20th century (Stalin, Hitler and Mao) were
socialist. Freud saw reliance on defence mechanisms such as projection
as being maladjusted. It is difficult to dispute that. Altemeyer is
too illiterate to realize it but he is actually a good Hegelian. Hegel
thought that "true" freedom was marching in step with a Left-led herd.
What libertarian said this? “The bureaucracy is a parasite on the body
of society, a parasite which ‘chokes’ all its vital pores…The state is a
parasitic organism”. It was VI Lenin,
in August 1917, before he set up his own vastly bureaucratic state. He
could see the problem but had no clue about how to solve it.
It was Democrat John F Kennedy who cut taxes and declared that “a rising tide lifts all boats"
Leftist stupidity is a special class of stupidity. The people concerned
are mostly not stupid in general but they have a character defect
(mostly arrogance) that makes them impatient with complexity and
unwilling to study it. So in their policies they repeatedly shoot
themselves in the foot; They fail to attain their objectives. The
world IS complex so a simplistic approach to it CANNOT work.
Seminal Leftist philosopher, G.W.F. Hegel said something that certainly
applies to his fellow Leftists: "We learn from history that we do not
learn from history". And he captured the Left in this saying too:
"Evil resides in the very gaze which perceives Evil all around itself".
"A man who is not a socialist at age 20 has no heart; A man who is still
a socialist at age 30 has no head". Who said that? Most people
attribute it to Winston but as far as I can tell it was first said by
Georges Clemenceau, French Premier in WWI -- whose own career
approximated the transition concerned. And he in turn was probably
updating an earlier saying about monarchy versus Republicanism by
Guizot. Other attributions here. There is in fact a normal drift from Left to Right as people get older. Both Reagan and Churchill started out as liberals
Funny how to the Leftist intelligentsia poor blacks are 'oppressed' and poor whites are 'trash'. Racism, anyone?
MESSAGE to Leftists: Even if you killed all conservatives tomorrow, you
would just end up in another Soviet Union. Conservatives are all that
stand between you and that dismal fate. And you may not even survive at
all. Stalin killed off all the old Bolsheviks.
MYTH BUSTING:
The Big Lie of the late 20th century was that Nazism was Rightist. It was in fact typical of the Leftism
of its day. It was only to the Right of Stalin's Communism. The very
word "Nazi" is a German abbreviation for "National Socialist" (Nationalsozialist) and the full name of Hitler's political party (translated) was "The National Socialist German Workers' Party" (In German: Nationalsozialistische Deutsche Arbeiterpartei)
Just the name of Hitler's political party should be sufficient to reject
the claim that Hitler was "Right wing" but Leftists sometimes retort
that the name "Democratic People's Republic of Korea" is not
informative, in that it is the name of a dismal Stalinist tyranny. But
"People's Republic" is a normal name for a Communist country whereas I
know of no conservative political party that calls itself a "Socialist
Worker's Party". Such parties are in fact usually of the extreme Left
(Trotskyite etc.)
Most people find the viciousness of the Nazis to be incomprehensible --
for instance what they did in their concentration camps. But you just
have to read a little of the vileness that pours out from modern-day
"liberals" in their Twitter and blog comments to understand it all very
well. Leftists haven't changed. They are still boiling with hate
Hatred as a motivating force for political strategy leads to misguided
decisions. “Hatred is blind,” as Alexandre Dumas warned, “rage carries
you away; and he who pours out vengeance runs the risk of tasting a
bitter draught.”
Who said this in 1968? "I am not, and never have been, a man of the right. My position was on the Left and is now in the centre of politics". It was Sir Oswald Mosley, founder and leader of the British Union of Fascists
The term "Fascism" is mostly used by the Left as a brainless term of
abuse. But when they do make a serious attempt to define it, they
produce very complex and elaborate definitions -- e.g. here and here.
In fact, Fascism is simply extreme socialism plus nationalism. But
great gyrations are needed to avoid mentioning the first part of that
recipe, of course.
Three examples of Leftist racism below (much more here and here):
Jesse Owens, the African-American hero of the 1936 Berlin Olympic Games,
said "Hitler didn't snub me – it was our president who snubbed me. The
president didn't even send me a telegram." Democrat Franklin D.
Roosevelt never even invited the quadruple gold medal-winner to the
White House
Beatrice Webb, a founder of the London School of Economics and
the Fabian Society, and married to a Labour MP, mused in 1922 on whether
when English children were "dying from lack of milk", one should extend
"the charitable impulse" to Russian and Chinese children who, if saved
this year, might anyway die next. Besides, she continued, there was "the
larger question of whether those races are desirable inhabitants" and
"obviously" one wouldn't "spend one's available income" on "a Central
African negro".
Hugh Dalton, offered the Colonial Office during Attlee's 1945-51 Labour
government, turned it down because "I had a horrid vision of
pullulating, poverty stricken, diseased nigger communities, for whom one
can do nothing in the short run and who, the more one tries to help
them, are querulous and ungrateful."
The Zimmerman case is an excellent proof that the Left is deep-down racist
Defensible and indefensible usages of the term "racism"
The book, The authoritarian personality, authored by T.W. Adorno
et al. in 1950, has been massively popular among psychologists. It
claims that a set of ideas that were popular in the
"Progressive"-dominated America of the prewar era were "authoritarian".
Leftist regimes always are authoritarian so that claim was not a big
problem. What was quite amazing however is that Adorno et al.
identified such ideas as "conservative". They were in fact simply
popular ideas of the day but ones that had been most heavily promoted by
the Left right up until the then-recent WWII. See here for details of prewar "Progressive" thinking.
Leftist psychologists have an amusingly simplistic conception of
military organizations and military men. They seem to base it on
occasions they have seen troops marching together on parade rather than
any real knowledge of military men and the military life. They think
that military men are "rigid" -- automatons who are unable to adjust to
new challenges or think for themselves. What is incomprehensible to
them is that being kadaver gehorsam (to use the extreme Prussian
term for following orders) actually requires great flexibility -- enough
flexibility to put your own ideas and wishes aside and do something
very difficult. Ask any soldier if all commands are easy to obey.
It would be very easy for me to say that I am too much of an individual
for the army but I did in fact join the army and enjoy it greatly, as
most men do. In my observation, ALL army men are individuals. It is
just that they accept discipline in order to be militarily efficient --
which is the whole point of the exercise. But that's too complex for
simplistic Leftist thinking, of course
Franklin Delano Roosevelt was a war criminal. Both British and American
codebreakers had cracked the Japanese naval code so FDR knew what was
coming at Pearl Harbor. But for his own political reasons he warned
no-one there. So responsibility for the civilian and military deaths at
Pearl Harbor lies with FDR as well as with the Japanese. The huge
firepower available at Pearl Harbor, both aboard ship and on land, could
have largely neutered the attack. Can you imagine 8 battleships and
various lesser craft firing all their AA batteries as the Japanese came
in? The Japanese naval airforce would have been annihilated and the
war would have been over before it began.
FDR prolonged the Depression. He certainly didn't cure it.
WWII did NOT end the Great Depression. It just concealed it. It in fact made living standards worse
FDR appointed a known KKK member, Hugo Black, to the Supreme Court
Joe McCarthy was eventually proved right after the fall of the Soviet Union. To accuse anyone of McCarthyism is to accuse them of accuracy!
The KKK was intimately associated with the Democratic party. They ATTACKED Republicans!
High Level of Welfare Use by Legal and Illegal Immigrants in the USA. Low skill immigrants receive 4 to 5 dollars of benefits for every dollar in taxes paid
People who mention differences in black vs. white IQ are these days
almost universally howled down and subjected to the most extreme abuse.
I am a psychometrician, however, so I feel obliged to defend the
scientific truth of the matter: The average African adult has about the
same IQ as an average white 11-year-old and African Americans (who are
partly white in ancestry) average out at a mental age of 14. The
American Psychological Association is generally Left-leaning but it is
the world's most prestigious body of academic psychologists. And even
they have had to concede
that sort of gap (one SD) in black vs. white average IQ. 11-year olds
can do a lot of things but they also have their limits and there are
times when such limits need to be allowed for.
The association between high IQ and long life is overwhelmingly genetic: "In the combined sample the genetic contribution to the covariance was 95%"
The Dark Ages were not dark
Judged by his deeds, Abraham Lincoln was one of the bloodiest villains ever to walk the Earth. See here. And: America's uncivil war was caused by trade protectionism. The slavery issue was just camouflage, as Abraham Lincoln himself admitted. See also here
Was slavery already washed up by the tides of history before Lincoln
took it on? Eric Williams in his book "Capitalism and Slavery" tells
us: “The commercial capitalism of the eighteenth century developed the
wealth of Europe by means of slavery and monopoly. But in so doing it
helped to create the industrial capitalism of the nineteenth century,
which turned round and destroyed the power of commercial capitalism,
slavery, and all its works. Without a grasp of these economic changes
the history of the period is meaningless.”
Did William Zantzinger kill poor Hattie Carroll?
Did Bismarck predict where WWI would start or was it just a "free" translation by Churchill?
Conrad Black on the Declaration of Independence
Malcolm Gladwell: "There is more of reality and wisdom in a Chinese fortune cookie than can be found anywhere in Gladwell’s pages"
Some people are born bad -- confirmed by genetics research
The dark side of American exceptionalism: America could well be seen as
the land of folly. It fought two unnecessary civil wars, would have
done well to keep out of two world wars, endured the extraordinary folly
of Prohibition and twice elected a traitor President -- Barack Obama.
That America remains a good place to be is a tribute to the energy and
hard work of individual Americans.
“From the fact that people are very different it follows that, if we
treat them equally, the result must be inequality in their actual
position, and that the only way to place them in an equal position would
be to treat them differently. Equality before the law and material
equality are therefore not only different but are in conflict with each
other; and we can achieve either one or the other, but not both at the
same time.” ? Friedrich Hayek, The Constitution Of Liberty
IN BRIEF:
The 10 "cannots" (By William J. H. Boetcker) that Leftist politicians ignore:
*You cannot bring about prosperity by discouraging thrift.
* You cannot strengthen the weak by weakening the strong.
* You cannot help little men by tearing down big men.
* You cannot lift the wage earner by pulling down the wage payer.
* You cannot help the poor by destroying the rich.
* You cannot establish sound security on borrowed money.
* You cannot further the brotherhood of man by inciting class hatred.
* You cannot keep out of trouble by spending more than you earn.
* You cannot build character and courage by destroying men's initiative and independence.
* And you cannot help men permanently by doing for them what they can and should do for themselves.
A good short definition of conservative: "One who wants you to keep your hand out of his pocket."
Beware of good intentions. They mostly lead to coercion
A gargantuan case of hubris, coupled with stunning level of ignorance
about how the real world works, is the essence of progressivism.
The U.S. Constitution is neither "living" nor dead. It is fixed until
it is amended. But amending it is the privilege of the people, not of
politicians or judges
It is hard to imagine a more stupid or more dangerous way of making
decisions than by putting those decisions in the hands of people who pay
no price for being wrong - Thomas Sowell
Leftists think that utopia can be coerced into existence -- so no
dishonesty or brutality is beyond them in pursuit of that "noble" goal
"England is perhaps the only great country whose intellectuals are
ashamed of their own nationality. In left-wing circles it is always felt
that there is something slightly disgraceful in being an Englishman and
that it is a duty to snigger at every English institution" -- George Orwell
Was 16th century science pioneer Paracelsus a libertarian? His motto was "Alterius non sit qui suus esse potest" which means "Let no man belong to another who can belong to himself."
"When using today's model of society as a rule, most of history will be
found to be full of oppression, bias, and bigotry." What today's
arrogant judges of history fail to realize is that they, too, will be
judged. What will Americans of 100 years from now make of, say, speech
codes, political correctness, and zero tolerance - to name only three?
Assuming, of course, there will still be an America that we, today,
would recognize. Given the rogue Federal government spy apparatus, I am
not at all sure of that. -- Paul Havemann
Economist Ludwig von Mises (1881-1973): "The champions of socialism
call themselves progressives, but they recommend a system which is
characterized by rigid observance of routine and by a resistance to
every kind of improvement. They call themselves liberals, but they are
intent upon abolishing liberty. They call themselves democrats, but they
yearn for dictatorship. They call themselves revolutionaries, but they
want to make the government omnipotent. They promise the blessings of
the Garden of Eden, but they plan to transform the world into a gigantic
post office."
It's the shared hatred of the rest of us that unites Islamists and the Left.
American liberals don't love America. They despise it. All they love is
their own fantasy of what America could become. They are false patriots.
The Democratic Party: Con-men elected by the ignorant and the arrogant
The Democratic Party is a strange amalgam of elites, would-be elites and
minorities. No wonder their policies are so confused and irrational
Why are conservatives more at ease with religion? Because it is basic
to conservatism that some things are unknowable, and religious people
have to accept that too. Leftists think that they know it all and feel
threatened by any exceptions to that. Thinking that you know it all is
however the pride that comes before a fall.
The characteristic emotion of the Leftist is not envy. It's rage
Leftists are committed to grievance, not truth
The British Left poured out a torrent of hate for Margaret Thatcher on
the occasion of her death. She rescued Britain from chaos and restored
Britain's prosperity. What's not to hate about that?
Something you didn't know about Margaret Thatcher
The world's dumbest investor? Without doubt it is Uncle Sam. Nobody
anywhere could rival the scale of the losses on "investments" made under
the Obama administration
"Behind the honeyed but patently absurd pleas for equality is a
ruthless drive for placing themselves (the elites) at the top of a new
hierarchy of power" -- Murray Rothbard - Egalitarianism and the Elites (1995)
A liberal is someone who feels a great debt to his fellow man, which
debt he proposes to pay off with your money. -- G. Gordon Liddy
"World socialism as a whole, and all the figures associated with it,
are shrouded in legend; its contradictions are forgotten or concealed;
it does not respond to arguments but continually ignores them--all this
stems from the mist of irrationality that surrounds socialism and from
its instinctive aversion to scientific analysis... The doctrines of
socialism seethe with contradictions, its theories are at constant odds
with its practice, yet due to a powerful instinct these contradictions
do not in the least hinder the unending propaganda of socialism. Indeed,
no precise, distinct socialism even exists; instead there is only a
vague, rosy notion of something noble and good, of equality, communal
ownership, and justice: the advent of these things will bring instant
euphoria and a social order beyond reproach." -- Solzhenitsyn
"The heart of the wise inclines to the right, but the heart of the fool to the left." -- Ecclesiastes 10:2 (NIV)
My reading of history convinces me that most bad government results from too much government. -- Thomas Jefferson
"Much that passes as idealism is disguised hatred or disguised love of power" -- Bertrand Russell
Evan Sayet:
The Left sides "...invariably with evil over good, wrong over right,
and the behaviors that lead to failure over those that lead to success."
(t=5:35+ on video)
The Republicans are the gracious side of American politics. It is the Democrats who are the nasty party, the haters
Wanting to stay out of the quarrels of other nations is conservative --
but conservatives will fight if attacked or seriously endangered.
Anglo/Irish statesman Lord Castlereagh
(1769-1822), who led the political coalition that defeated Napoleon,
was an isolationist, as were traditional American conservatives.
Some wisdom from the past: "The bosom of America is open to receive not
only the opulent and respectable stranger, but the oppressed and
persecuted of all nations and religions; whom we shall welcome to a
participation of all our rights and privileges, if by decency and
propriety of conduct they appear to merit the enjoyment." —George
Washington, 1783
Some useful definitions:
If a conservative doesn't like guns, he doesn't buy one. If a liberal doesn't like guns, he wants all guns outlawed.
If
a conservative is a vegetarian, he doesn't eat meat. If a liberal is a
vegetarian, he wants all meat products banned for everyone.
If a
conservative is down-and-out, he thinks about how to better his
situation. A liberal wonders who is going to take care of him.
If a conservative doesn't like a talk show host, he switches channels. Liberals demand that those they don't like be shut down.
If
a conservative is a non-believer, he doesn't go to church. A liberal
non-believer wants any mention of God and religion silenced. (Unless
it's a foreign religion, of course!)
If a conservative decides he
needs health care, he goes about shopping for it, or may choose a job
that provides it. A liberal demands that the rest of us pay for his.
There is better evidence for creation than there is for the Leftist
claim that “gender” is a “social construct”. Most Leftist claims seem
to be faith-based rather than founded on the facts
Leftists are classic weak characters. They dish out abuse by the bucketload but cannot take it when they get it back. Witness the Loughner hysteria.
Death taxes:
You would expect a conscientious person, of whatever degree of
intelligence, to reflect on the strange contradiction involved in
denying people the right to unearned wealth, while supporting programs
that give people unearned wealth.
America is no longer the land of the free. It is now the land of the regulated -- though it is not alone in that, of course
The Leftist motto: "I love humanity. It's just people I can't stand"
Why are Leftists always talking about hate? Because it fills their own hearts
Envy is a strong and widespread human emotion so there has alway been
widespread support for policies of economic "levelling". Both the USA
and the modern-day State of Israel were founded by communists but
reality taught both societies that respect for the individual gave much
better outcomes than levelling ideas. Sadly, there are many people in
both societies in whom hatred for others is so strong that they are
incapable of respect for the individual. The destructiveness of what
they support causes them to call themselves many names in different
times and places but they are the backbone of the political Left
Gore Vidal: "Every time a friend succeeds, I die a little". Vidal was of course a Leftist
The large number of rich Leftists suggests that, for them, envy is
secondary. They are directly driven by hatred and scorn for many of the
other people that they see about them. Hatred of others can be rooted
in many things, not only in envy. But the haters come together as the
Left. Some evidence here showing that envy is not what defines the Left
Leftists hate the world around them and want to change it: the people in
it most particularly. Conservatives just want to be left alone to make
their own decisions and follow their own values.
The failure of the Soviet experiment has definitely made the American
Left more vicious and hate-filled than they were. The plain failure of
what passed for ideas among them has enraged rather than humbled them.
Ronald Reagan famously observed that the status quo is Latin for “the
mess we’re in.” So much for the vacant Leftist claim that conservatives
are simply defenders of the status quo. They think that conservatives
are as lacking in principles as they are.
Was Confucius a conservative? The following saying would seem to
reflect good conservative caution: "The superior man, when resting in
safety, does not forget that danger may come. When in a state of
security he does not forget the possibility of ruin. When all is
orderly, he does not forget that disorder may come. Thus his person is
not endangered, and his States and all their clans are preserved."
The shallow thinkers of the Left sometimes claim that conservatives want
to impose their own will on others in the matter of abortion. To make
that claim is however to confuse religion with politics. Conservatives
are in fact divided about their response to abortion. The REAL
opposition to abortion is religious rather than political. And the
church which has historically tended to support the LEFT -- the Roman
Catholic church -- is the most fervent in the anti-abortion cause.
Conservatives are indeed the one side of politics to have moral qualms
on the issue but they tend to seek a middle road in dealing with it.
Taking the issue to the point of legal prohibitions is a religious
doctrine rather than a conservative one -- and the religion concerned
may or may not be characteristically conservative. More on that here
Some Leftist hatred arises from the fact that they blame "society" for their own personal problems and inadequacies
The Leftist hunger for change to the society that they hate leads to a
hunger for control over other people. And they will do and say anything
to get that control: "Power at any price". Leftist politicians are
mostly self-aggrandizing crooks who gain power by deceiving the
uninformed with snake-oil promises -- power which they invariably use
to destroy. Destruction is all that they are good at. Destruction is
what haters do.
Leftists are consistent only in their hate. They don't have principles.
How can they when "there is no such thing as right and wrong"? All
they have is postures, pretend-principles that can be changed as easily
as one changes one's shirt
A Leftist assumption: Making money doesn't entitle you to it, but wanting money does.
"Politicians never accuse you of 'greed' for wanting other people's
money -- only for wanting to keep your own money." --columnist Joe
Sobran (1946-2010)
Leftist policies are candy-coated rat poison that may appear appealing at first, but inevitably do a lot of damage to everyone impacted by them.
A tribute and thanks to Mary Jo Kopechne. Her death was reprehensible
but she probably did more by her death that she ever would have in life:
She spared the world a President Ted Kennedy. That the heap of
corruption that was Ted Kennedy died peacefully in his bed is one of the
clearest demonstrations that we do not live in a just world. Even Joe
Stalin seems to have been smothered to death by Nikita Khrushchev
I often wonder why Leftists refer to conservatives as "wingnuts". A
wingnut is a very useful device that adds versatility wherever it is
used. Clearly, Leftists are not even good at abuse. Once they have
accused their opponents of racism and Nazism, their cupboard is bare.
Similarly, Leftists seem to think it is a devastating critique to refer
to "Worldnet Daily" as "Worldnut Daily". The poverty of their
argumentation is truly pitiful
The Leftist assertion that there is no such thing as right and wrong has
a distinguished history. It was Pontius Pilate who said "What is
truth?" (John 18:38). From a Christian viewpoint, the assertion is
undoubtedly the Devil's gospel
Even in the Old Testament they knew about "Postmodernism": "Woe unto
them that call evil good, and good evil; that put darkness for light,
and light for darkness; that put bitter for sweet, and sweet for
bitter!" - Isaiah 5:20 (KJV)
Was Solomon the first conservative? "The hearts of men are full of evil
and madness is in their hearts" -- Ecclesiastes: 9:3 (RSV). He could
almost have been talking about Global Warming.
Leftist hatred of Christianity goes back as far as the massacre of the
Carmelite nuns during the French revolution. Yancey has written a whole
book tabulating modern Leftist hatred of Christians. It is a rival
religion to Leftism.
"If one rejects laissez faire on account of man's fallibility and moral
weakness, one must for the same reason also reject every kind of
government action." - Ludwig von Mises
The
naive scholar who searches for a consistent Leftist program will not
find it. What there is consists only in the negation of the present.
Because of their need to be different from the mainstream, Leftists are very good at pretending that sow's ears are silk purses
Among intelligent people, Leftism is a character defect. Leftists HATE
success in others -- which is why notably successful societies such as
the USA and Israel are hated and failures such as the Palestinians can
do no wrong.
A Leftist's beliefs are all designed to pander to his ego. So when you
have an argument with a Leftist, you are not really discussing the
facts. You are threatening his self esteem. Which is why the normal
Leftist response to challenge is mere abuse.
Because of the fragility of a Leftist's ego, anything that threatens it
is intolerable and provokes rage. So most Leftist blogs can be
summarized in one sentence: "How DARE anybody question what I
believe!". Rage and abuse substitute for an appeal to facts and reason.
Because their beliefs serve their ego rather than reality, Leftists just KNOW what is good for us. Conservatives need evidence.
Absolute certainty is the privilege of uneducated men and fanatics. -- C.J. Keyser
Hell is paved with good intentions" -- Boswell's Life of Johnson of 1775
"Almost all professors of the arts and sciences are egregiously conceited, and derive their happiness from their conceit" -- Erasmus
THE FALSIFICATION OF HISTORY HAS DONE MORE TO IMPEDE HUMAN DEVELOPMENT THAN ANY ONE THING KNOWN TO MANKIND -- ROUSSEAU
"Seest thou a man wise in his own conceit? there is more hope of a fool than of him" (Proverbs 26: 12). I think that sums up Leftists pretty well.
Eminent British astrophysicist Sir Arthur Stanley Eddington is often
quoted as saying: "Not only is the universe stranger than we imagine, it
is stranger than we can imagine." It was probably in fact said by his
contemporary, J.B.S. Haldane. But regardless of authorship, it could
well be a conservative credo not only about the cosmos but also about
human beings and human society. Mankind is too complex to be summed
up by simple rules and even complex rules are only approximations with
many exceptions.
Politics is the only thing Leftists know about. They know nothing of
economics, history or business. Their only expertise is in promoting
feelings of grievance
Socialism makes the individual the slave of the state -- capitalism frees them.
Many readers here will have noticed that what I say about Leftists
sometimes sounds reminiscent of what Leftists say about conservatives.
There is an excellent reason for that. Leftists are great "projectors"
(people who see their own faults in others). So a good first step in
finding out what is true of Leftists is to look at what they say about
conservatives! They even accuse conservatives of projection (of
course).
The research
shows clearly that one's Left/Right stance is strongly genetically
inherited but nobody knows just what specifically is inherited. What
is inherited that makes people Leftist or Rightist? There is any amount
of evidence that personality traits are strongly genetically inherited
so my proposal is that hard-core Leftists are people who tend to let
their emotions (including hatred and envy) run away with them and who
are much more in need of seeing themselves as better than others -- two
attributes that are probably related to one another. Such Leftists may
be an evolutionary leftover from a more primitive past.
Leftists seem to believe that if someone like Al Gore says it, it must
be right. They obviously have a strong need for an authority figure.
The fact that the two most authoritarian regimes of the 20th century
(Nazi Germany and Soviet Russia) were socialist is thus no surprise.
Leftists often accuse conservatives of being "authoritarian" but that is
just part of their usual "projective" strategy -- seeing in others
what is really true of themselves.
"With their infernal racial set-asides, racial quotas, and race norming,
liberals share many of the Klan's premises. The Klan sees the world in
terms of race and ethnicity. So do liberals! Indeed, liberals and white
supremacists are the only people left in America who are neurotically
obsessed with race. Conservatives champion a color-blind society" -- Ann
Coulter
Politicians are in general only a little above average in intelligence
so the idea that they can make better decisions for us that we can
make ourselves is laughable
A quote from the late Dr. Adrian Rogers: "You cannot legislate the
poor into freedom by legislating the wealthy out of freedom. What one
person receives without working for, another person must work for
without receiving. The government cannot give to anybody anything that
the government does not first take from somebody else. When half of the
people get the idea that they do not have to work because the other
half is going to take care of them, and when the other half gets the
idea that it does no good to work because somebody else is going to get
what they work for, that my dear friend, is about the end of any nation.
You cannot multiply wealth by dividing it."
The Supreme Court of the United States is now and always has been a
judicial abomination. Its guiding principles have always been
political rather than judicial. It is not as political as Stalin's
courts but its respect for the constitution is little better. Some
recent abuses: The "equal treatment" provision of the 14th amendment
was specifically written to outlaw racial discrimination yet the court
has allowed various forms of "affirmative action" for decades -- when
all such policies should have been completely stuck down immediately.
The 2nd. amendment says that the right to bear arms shall not be
infringed yet gun control laws infringe it in every State in the union.
The 1st amendment provides that speech shall be freely exercised yet
the court has upheld various restrictions on the financing and display
of political advertising. The court has found a right to abortion in
the constitution when the word abortion is not even mentioned there.
The court invents rights that do not exist and denies rights that do.
"Some action that is unconstitutional has much to recommend it" -- Elena Kagan, nominated to SCOTUS by Obama
Frank Sulloway, the anti-scientist
The basic aim of all bureaucrats is to maximize their funding and minimize their workload
A lesson in Australian: When an Australian calls someone a "big-noter",
he is saying that the person is a chronic and rather pathetic seeker of
admiration -- as in someone who often pulls out "big notes" (e.g.
$100.00 bills) to pay for things, thus endeavouring to create the
impression that he is rich. The term describes the mentality rather
than the actual behavior with money and it aptly describes many
Leftists. When they purport to show "compassion" by advocating things
that cost themselves nothing (e.g. advocating more taxes on "the rich"
to help "the poor"), an Australian might say that the Leftist is
"big-noting himself". There is an example of the usage here. The term conveys contempt. There is a wise description of Australians generally here
Some ancient wisdom for Leftists: "Be not righteous overmuch; neither make thyself over wise: Why shouldest thou die before thy time?" -- Ecclesiastes 7:16
Jesse Jackson:
"There is nothing more painful to me at this stage in my life than to
walk down the street and hear footsteps and start thinking about robbery
-- then look around and see somebody white and feel relieved." There
ARE important racial differences.
Some Jimmy Carter wisdom: "I think it's inevitable that there will be a lower standard of living than what everybody had always anticipated," he told advisers in 1979. "there's going to be a downward turning."
Heritage is what survives death: Very rare and hence very valuable
Big business is not your friend. As Adam Smith said: "People of the
same trade seldom meet together, even for merriment and diversion, but
the conversation ends in a conspiracy against the public, or in some
contrivance to raise prices. It is impossible indeed to prevent such
meetings, by any law which either could be executed, or would be
consistent with liberty or justice. But though the law cannot hinder
people of the same trade from sometimes assembling together, it ought to
do nothing to facilitate such assemblies; much less to render them
necessary
How can I accept the Communist doctrine, which sets up as its bible,
above and beyond criticism, an obsolete textbook which I know not only
to be scientifically erroneous but without interest or application to
the modern world? How can I adopt a creed which, preferring the mud to
the fish, exalts the boorish proletariat above the bourgeoisie and the
intelligentsia, who with all their faults, are the quality of life and
surely carry the seeds of all human achievement? Even if we need a
religion, how can we find it in the turbid rubbish of the red bookshop?
It is hard for an educated, decent, intelligent son of Western Europe to
find his ideals here, unless he has first suffered some strange and
horrid process of conversion which has changed all his values. -- John Maynard Keynes
Some wisdom from "Bron" Waugh: "The purpose of politics is to help
them [politicians] overcome these feelings of inferiority and compensate
for their personal inadequacies in the pursuit of power"
"There are countless horrible things happening all over the country, and
horrible people prospering, but we must never allow them to disturb our
equanimity or deflect us from our sacred duty to sabotage and annoy
them whenever possible"
The urge to pass new laws must be seen as an illness, not much different
from the urge to bite old women. Anyone suspected of suffering from it
should either be treated with the appropriate pills or, if it is too
late for that, elected to Parliament [or Congress, as the case may be]
and paid a huge salary with endless holidays, to do nothing whatever"
"It is my settled opinion, after some years as a political
correspondent, that no one is attracted to a political career in the
first place unless he is socially or emotionally crippled"
Two lines below of a famous hymn that would be incomprehensible to
Leftists today ("honor"? "right"? "freedom?" Freedom to agree with
them is the only freedom they believe in)
First to fight for right and freedom,
And to keep our honor clean
It is of course the hymn of the USMC -- still today the relentless warriors that they always were. Freedom needs a soldier
If any of the short observations above about Leftism seem wrong, note
that they do not stand alone. The evidence for them is set out at great
length in my MONOGRAPH on Leftism.
3 memoirs of "Supermac", a 20th century Disraeli (Aristocratic British
Conservative Prime Minister -- 1957 to 1963 -- Harold Macmillan):
"It breaks my heart to see (I can't interfere or do anything at my
age) what is happening in our country today - this terrible strike of
the best men in the world, who beat the Kaiser's army and beat Hitler's
army, and never gave in. Pointless, endless. We can't afford that kind
of thing. And then this growing division which the noble Lord who has
just spoken mentioned, of a comparatively prosperous south, and an
ailing north and midlands. That can't go on." -- Mac on the British
working class: "the best men in the world" (From his Maiden speech in
the House of Lords, 13 November 1984)
"As a Conservative, I am naturally in favour of returning into private
ownership and private management all those means of production and
distribution which are now controlled by state capitalism"
During Macmillan's time as prime minister, average living standards
steadily rose while numerous social reforms were carried out
"Talent hits a target no one else can hit; Genius hits a target no one else can see." --?Arthur Schopenhauer
JEWS AND ISRAEL
The Bible is an Israeli book
To me, hostility to the Jews is a terrible tragedy. I weep for them at
times. And I do literally put my money where my mouth is. I do at
times send money to Israeli charities
My (Gentile) opinion of antisemitism: The Jews are the best we've got so killing them is killing us.
"And I will bless them that bless thee, and curse him that curseth thee: and in thee shall all families of the earth be blessed" -- Genesis 12:3
"O pray for the peace of Jerusalem: They shall prosper that love thee" Psalm 122:6.
If I forget you, Jerusalem, may my right hand forget its skill. May
my tongue cling to the roof of my mouth if I do not remember you, if I
do not consider Jerusalem my highest joy -- Psalm 137 (NIV)
Israel, like the Jews throughout history, is hated not for her vices
but her virtues. Israel is hated, as the United States is hated, because
Israel is successful, because Israel is free, and because Israel is
good. As Maxim Gorky put it: “Whatever nonsense the anti-Semites may
talk, they dislike the Jew only because he is obviously better, more
adroit, and more willing and capable of work than they are.” Whether
driven by culture or genes—or like most behavior, an inextricable
mix—the fact of Jewish genius is demonstrable." -- George Gilder
To Leftist haters, all the basic rules of liberal society — rejection of
hate speech, commitment to academic freedom, rooting out racism, the
absolute commitment to human dignity — go out the window when the
subject is Israel.
I have always liked the story of Gideon (See Judges chapters 6 to 8) and
it is surely no surprise that in the present age Israel is the Gideon
of nations: Few in numbers but big in power and impact.
Is the Israel Defence Force the most effective military force per capita
since Genghis Khan? They probably are but they are also the most
ethically advanced military force that the world has ever seen
If I were not an atheist, I would believe that God had a sense of
humour. He gave his chosen people (the Jews) enormous advantages --
high intelligence and high drive -- but to keep it fair he deprived
them of something hugely important too: Political sense. So Jews to
this day tend very strongly to be Leftist -- even though the chief
source of antisemitism for roughly the last 200 years has been the
political Left!
And the other side of the coin is that Jews tend to despise
conservatives and Christians. Yet American fundamentalist Christians
are the bedrock of the vital American support for Israel, the ultimate
bolthole for all Jews. So Jewish political irrationality seems to be a
rather good example of the saying that "The LORD giveth and the LORD
taketh away". There are many other examples of such perversity (or
"balance"). The sometimes severe side-effects of most pharmaceutical
drugs is an obvious one but there is another ethnic example too, a
rather amusing one. Chinese people are in general smart and patient
people but their rate of traffic accidents in China is about 10 times
higher than what prevails in Western societies. They are brilliant
mathematicians and fearless business entrepreneurs but at the same time
bad drivers!
Conservatives, on the other hand, could be antisemitic on entirely
rational grounds: Namely, the overwhelming Leftism of the Diaspora
Jewish population as a whole. Because they judge the individual,
however, only a tiny minority of conservative-oriented people make such
general judgments. The longer Jews continue on their "stiff-necked"
course, however, the more that is in danger of changing. The children
of Israel have been a stiff necked people since the days of Moses,
however, so they will no doubt continue to vote with their emotions
rather than their reason.
I despair of the ADL. Jews have
enough problems already and yet in the ADL one has a prominent Jewish
organization that does its best to make itself offensive to Christians.
Their Leftism is more important to them than the welfare of Jewry --
which is the exact opposite of what they ostensibly stand for! Jewish
cleverness seems to vanish when politics are involved. Fortunately,
Christians are true to their saviour and have loving hearts. Jewish
dissatisfaction with the myopia of the ADL is outlined here. Note that Foxy was too grand to reply to it.
Fortunately for America, though, liberal Jews there are rapidly dying out through intermarriage and failure to reproduce. And the quite poisonous liberal Jews of Israel are not much better off. Judaism is slowly returning to Orthodoxy and the Orthodox tend to be conservative.
The above is good testimony to the accuracy of the basic conservative
insight that almost anything in human life is too complex to be reduced
to any simple rule and too complex to be reduced to any rule at all
without allowance for important exceptions to the rule concerned
Amid their many virtues, one virtue is often lacking among Jews in
general and Israelis in particular: Humility. And that's an
antisemitic comment only if Hashem is antisemitic. From Moses on, the
Hebrew prophets repeatedy accused the Israelites of being "stiff-necked"
and urged them to repent. So it's no wonder that the greatest Jewish
prophet of all -- Jesus -- not only urged humility but exemplified it
in his life and death
"Why should the German be interested in the liberation of the Jew,
if the Jew is not interested in the liberation of the German?... We
recognize in Judaism, therefore, a general anti-social element of the
present time... In the final analysis, the emancipation of the Jews is
the emancipation of mankind from Judaism.... Indeed, in North America,
the practical domination of Judaism over the Christian world has
achieved as its unambiguous and normal expression that the preaching of
the Gospel itself and the Christian ministry have become articles of
trade... Money is the jealous god of Israel, in face of which no other
god may exist". Who said that? Hitler? No. It was Karl Marx. See also here and here and here.
For roughly two centuries now, antisemitism has, throughout the
Western world, been principally associated with Leftism (including the
socialist Hitler) -- as it is to this day. See here.
Karl Marx hated just about everyone. Even his father, the kindly Heinrich Marx, thought Karl was not much of a human being
Leftists call their hatred of Israel "Anti-Zionism" but Zionists are only a small minority in Israel
Some of the Leftist hatred of Israel is motivated by old-fashioned
antisemitism (beliefs in Jewish "control" etc.) but most of it is just
the regular Leftist hatred of success in others. And because the
societies they inhabit do not give them the vast amount of recognition
that their large but weak egos need, some of the most virulent haters
of Israel and America live in those countries. So the hatred is the
product of pathologically high self-esteem.
Their threatened egos sometimes drive Leftists into quite desperate
flights from reality. For instance, they often call Israel an
"Apartheid state" -- when it is in fact the Arab states that practice
Apartheid -- witness the severe restrictions on Christians in Saudi
Arabia. There are no such restrictions in Israel.
If the Palestinians put down their weapons, there'd be peace. If the Israelis put down their weapons, there'd be genocide.
ABOUT
Many people hunger and thirst after righteousness. Some find it in the
hatreds of the Left. Others find it in the love of Christ. I don't
hunger and thirst after righteousness at all. I hunger and thirst after
truth. How old-fashioned can you get?
The kneejerk response of the Green/Left to people who challenge them is
to say that the challenger is in the pay of "Big Oil", "Big Business",
"Big Pharma", "Exxon-Mobil", "The Pioneer Fund" or some other entity
that they see, in their childish way, as a boogeyman. So I think it
might be useful for me to point out that I have NEVER received one cent
from anybody by way of support for what I write. As a retired person, I
live entirely on my own investments. I do not work for anybody and I
am not beholden to anybody. And I have NO investments in oil companies,
mining companies or "Big Pharma"
UPDATE: Despite my (statistical) aversion to mining stocks, I have
recently bought a few shares in BHP -- the world's biggest miner, I
gather. I run the grave risk of becoming a speaker of famous last words
for saying this but I suspect that BHP is now so big as to be largely
immune from the risks that plague most mining companies. I also know of
no issue affecting BHP where my writings would have any relevance. The
Left seem to have a visceral hatred of miners. I have never quite
figured out why.
I imagine that few of my readers will understand it, but I am an
unabashed monarchist. And, as someone who was born and bred in a
monarchy and who still lives there (i.e. Australia), that gives me no
conflicts at all. In theory, one's respect for the monarchy does not
depend on who wears the crown but the impeccable behaviour of the
present Queen does of course help perpetuate that respect. Aside from
my huge respect for the Queen, however, my favourite member of the Royal
family is the redheaded Prince Harry. The Royal family is of course a
military family and Prince Harry is a great example of that. As one of
the world's most privileged people, he could well be an idle layabout
but instead he loves his life in the army. When his girlfriend Chelsy
ditched him because he was so often away, Prince Harry said: "I love
Chelsy but the army comes first". A perfect military man! I doubt that
many women would understand or approve of his attitude but perhaps my
own small army background powers my approval of that attitude.
I imagine that most Americans might find this rather mad -- but I
believe that a constitutional Monarchy is the best form of government
presently available. Can a libertarian be a Monarchist? I think so
-- and prominent British libertarian Sean Gabb seems to think so too! Long live the Queen! (And note that Australia ranks well above the USA on the Index of Economic freedom. Heh!)
The Australian flag with the Union Jack quartered in it
Throughout Europe there is an association between monarchism and
conservatism. It is a little sad that American conservatives do not
have access to that satisfaction. So even though Australia is much more
distant from Europe (geographically) than the USA is, Australia is in
some ways more of an outpost of Europe than America is! Mind you:
Australia is not very atypical of its region. Australia lies just South
of Asia -- and both Japan and Thailand have greatly respected
monarchies. And the demise of the Cambodian monarchy was disastrous for
Cambodia
Throughout the world today, possession of a U.S. or U.K. passport is
greatly valued. I once shared that view. Developments in recent years
have however made me profoundly grateful that I am a 5th generation
Australian. My Australian passport is a door into a much less
oppressive and much less messed-up place than either the USA or Britain
Following the Sotomayor precedent, I would hope that a wise older white
man such as myself with the richness of that experience would more
often than not reach a better conclusion than someone who hasn’t lived
that life.
IQ and ideology: Most academics are Left-leaning. Why? Because very
bright people who have balls go into business, while very bright people
with no balls go into academe. I did both with considerable success,
which makes me a considerable rarity. Although I am a born academic, I
have always been good with money too. My share portfolio even survived
the GFC in good shape. The academics hate it that bright people with
balls make more money than them.
I have no hesitation in saying that the single book which has influenced me most is the New Testament. And my Scripture blog
will show that I know whereof I speak. Some might conclude that I must
therefore be a very confused sort of atheist but I can assure everyone
that I do not feel the least bit confused. The New Testament is a
lighthouse that has illumined the thinking of all sorts of men and women
and I am deeply grateful that it has shone on me.
I am rather pleased to report that I am a lifelong conservative. Out of
intellectual curiosity, I did in my youth join organizations from right
across the political spectrum so I am certainly not closed-minded and
am very familiar with the full spectrum of political thinking.
Nonetheless, I did not have to undergo the lurch from Left to Right that
so many people undergo. At age 13 I used my pocket-money to subscribe
to the "Reader's Digest" -- the main conservative organ available in
small town Australia of the 1950s. I have learnt much since but am
pleased and amused to note that history has since confirmed most of what
I thought at that early age. Conservatism is in touch with reality.
Leftism is not.
I imagine that the RD are still sending mailouts to my 1950s address
Most teenagers have sporting and movie posters on their bedroom walls. At age 14 I had a map of Taiwan on my wall.
"Remind me never to get this guy mad at me" -- Instapundit
It seems to be a common view that you cannot talk informatively about a
country unless you have been there. I completely reject that view but
it is nonetheless likely that some Leftist dimbulb will at some stage
aver that any comments I make about politics and events in the USA
should not be heeded because I am an Australian who has lived almost all
his life in Australia. I am reluctant to pander to such ignorance in
the era of the "global village" but for the sake of the argument I might
mention that I have visited the USA 3 times -- spending enough time in
Los Angeles and NYC to get to know a fair bit about those places at
least. I did however get outside those places enough to realize that
they are NOT America.
"Intellectual" = Leftist dreamer. I have more publications in the
academic journals than almost all "public intellectuals" but I am never
called an intellectual and nor would I want to be. Call me a scholar or
an academic, however, and I will accept either as a just and earned
appellation
A small personal note: I have always been very self-confident. I
inherited it from my mother, along with my skeptical nature. So I don't
need to feed my self-esteem by claiming that I am wiser than others
-- which is what Leftists do.
As with conservatives generally, it bothers me not a bit to admit to
large gaps in my knowledge and understanding. For instance, I don't
know if the slight global warming of the 20th century will resume in the
21st, though I suspect not. And I don't know what a "healthy" diet is,
if there is one. Constantly-changing official advice on the matter
suggests that nobody knows
Leftists are usually just anxious little people trying to pretend that
they are significant. No doubt there are some Leftists who are genuinely
concerned about inequities in our society but their arrogance lies in
thinking that they understand it without close enquiry
My academic background
My full name is Dr. John Joseph RAY. I am a former university teacher
aged 65 at the time of writing in 2009. I was born of Australian
pioneer stock in 1943 at Innisfail in the State of Queensland in
Australia. I trace my ancestry wholly to the British Isles. After an
early education at Innisfail State Rural School and Cairns State High
School, I taught myself for matriculation. I took my B.A. in Psychology
from the University of Queensland in Brisbane. I then moved to Sydney
(in New South Wales, Australia) and took my M.A. in psychology from the
University of Sydney in 1969 and my Ph.D. from the School of
Behavioural Sciences at Macquarie University in 1974. I first tutored
in psychology at Macquarie University and then taught sociology at the
University of NSW. My doctorate is in psychology but I taught mainly
sociology in my 14 years as a university teacher. In High Schools I
taught economics. I have taught in both traditional and "progressive"
(low discipline) High Schools. Fuller biographical notes here
I completed the work for my Ph.D. at the end of 1970 but the degree was
not awarded until 1974 -- due to some academic nastiness from Seymour
Martin Lipset and Fred Emery. A conservative or libertarian who makes
it through the academic maze has to be at least twice as good as the
average conformist Leftist. Fortunately, I am a born academic.
Despite my great sympathy and respect for Christianity, I am the most
complete atheist you could find. I don't even believe that the word
"God" is meaningful. I am not at all original in that view, of course.
Such views are particularly associated with the noted German
philosopher Rudolf Carnap. Unlike Carnap, however, none of my wives
have committed suicide
Very occasionally in my writings I make reference to the greats of
analytical philosophy such as Carnap and Wittgenstein. As philosophy is
a heavily Leftist discipline however, I have long awaited an attack
from some philosopher accusing me of making coat-trailing references not
backed by any real philosophical erudition. I suppose it is
encouraging that no such attacks have eventuated but I thought that I
should perhaps forestall them anyway -- by pointing out that in my
younger days I did complete three full-year courses in analytical
philosophy (at 3 different universities!) and that I have had papers on
mainstream analytical philosophy topics published in academic journals
As well as being an academic, I am an army man and I am pleased and
proud to say that I have worn my country's uniform. Although my service
in the Australian army was chiefly noted for its un-notability, I DID
join voluntarily in the Vietnam era, I DID reach the rank of Sergeant,
and I DID volunteer for a posting in Vietnam. So I think I may be
forgiven for saying something that most army men think but which most
don't say because they think it is too obvious: The profession of arms
is the noblest profession of all because it is the only profession where
you offer to lay down your life in performing your duties. Our men
fought so that people could say and think what they like but I myself
always treat military men with great respect -- respect which in my
view is simply their due.
A real army story here
Even a stopped clock is right twice a day and there is JUST ONE saying
of Hitler's that I rather like. It may not even be original to him but
it is found in chapter 2 of Mein Kampf (published in 1925):
"Widerstaende sind nicht da, dass man vor ihnen kapituliert, sondern
dass man sie bricht". The equivalent English saying is "Difficulties
exist to be overcome" and that traces back at least to the 1920s -- with
attributions to Montessori and others. Hitler's metaphor is however
one of smashing barriers rather than of politely hopping over them and I
am myself certainly more outspoken than polite. Hitler's colloquial
Southern German is notoriously difficult to translate but I think I can
manage a reasonable translation of that saying: "Resistance is there
not for us to capitulate to but for us to break". I am quite sure that I
don't have anything like that degree of determination in my own life
but it seems to me to be a good attitude in general anyway
I have used many sites to post my writings over the years and many have
gone bad on me for various reasons. So if you click on a link here to
my other writings you may get a "page not found" response if the link
was put up some time before the present. All is not lost, however. All
my writings have been reposted elsewhere. If you do strike a failed
link, just take the filename (the last part of the link) and add it to
the address of any of my current home pages and -- Voila! -- you should
find the article concerned.
COMMENTS: I have gradually added comments facilities to all my blogs.
The comments I get are interesting. They are mostly from Leftists and
most consist either of abuse or mere assertions. Reasoned arguments
backed up by references to supporting evidence are almost unheard of
from Leftists. Needless to say, I just delete such useless comments.
You can email me here
(Hotmail address). In emailing me, you can address me as "John", "Jon",
"Dr. Ray" or "JR" and that will be fine -- but my preference is for
"JR" -- and that preference has NOTHING to do with an American soap
opera that featured a character who was referred to in that way
DETAILS OF REGULARLY UPDATED BLOGS BY JOHN RAY:
"Tongue Tied"
"Dissecting Leftism" (Backup here)
"Australian Politics"
"Education Watch International"
"Political Correctness Watch"
"Greenie Watch"
Western Heart
BLOGS OCCASIONALLY UPDATED:
"Marx & Engels in their own words"
"A scripture blog"
"Recipes"
"Some memoirs"
To be continued ....
Coral reef compendium.
IQ Compendium
Queensland Police
Australian Police News
Paralipomena (3)
Of Interest
Dagmar Schellenberger
My alternative Wikipedia
BLOGS NO LONGER BEING UPDATED
"Food & Health Skeptic"
"Eye on Britain"
"Immigration Watch International".
"Leftists as Elitists"
Socialized Medicine
OF INTEREST (2)
QANTAS -- A dying octopus
BRIAN LEITER (Ladderman)
Obama Watch
Obama Watch (2)
Dissecting Leftism -- Large font site
Michael Darby
Paralipomena (2)
AGL -- A bumbling monster
Telstra/Bigpond follies
Optus bungling
Vodafrauds (vodafone)
Bank of Queensland blues
There are also two blogspot blogs which record what I think are my main recent articles here and here. Similar content can be more conveniently accessed via my subject-indexed list of short articles here or here (I rarely write long articles these days)
Mirror for "Dissecting Leftism"
Alt archives
Longer Academic Papers
Johnray links
Academic home page
Academic Backup Page
Dagmar Schellenberger
General Backup
My alternative Wikipedia
General Backup 2
Selected reading
MONOGRAPH ON LEFTISM
CONSERVATISM AS HERESY
Rightism defined
Leftist Churches
Leftist Racism
Fascism is Leftist
Hitler a socialist
Leftism is authoritarian
James on Leftism
Irbe on Leftism
Beltt on Leftism
Lakoff
Van Hiel
Sidanius
Kruglanski
Pyszczynski et al.
Cautionary blogs about big Australian organizations:
TELSTRA
OPTUS
AGL
Bank of Queensland
Queensland Police
Australian police news
QANTAS, a dying octopus
Main academic menu
Menu of recent writings
basic home page
Pictorial Home Page
Selected pictures from blogs (Backup here)
Another picture page (Best with broadband. Rarely updated)
Note: If the link to one of my articles is not working, the
article concerned can generally be viewed by prefixing to the filename
the following:
http://pandora.nla.gov.au/pan/42197/20121106-1520/jonjayray.comuv.com/